2016 Sep 20 - CC PACKETAGENDA
EL SEGUNDO CITE' COUNCIL
COUNCIL CHAMBERS - 350 Main Street
The City Council, with certain statutory exceptions, can only take action upon properly posted and listed
agenda items. Any writings or documents given to a majority of the City Council regarding any matter on
this agenda that the City received after issuing the agenda packet are available for public inspection in
the City Clerk's office during normal business hours. Such Documents may also be posted on the City's
website at www.elsegundo.org and additional copies will be available at the City Council meeting.
Unless otherwise noted in the Agenda, the Public can only comment on City - related business that is
within the jurisdiction of the City Council and /or items listed on the Agenda during the Public
Communications portions of the Meeting. Additionally, the Public can comment on any Public Hearing
item on the Agenda during the Public Hearing portion of such item. The time limit for comments is five (5)
minutes per person.
Before speaking to the City Council, please come to the podium and state: Your name and residence
and the organization you represent, if desired. Please respect the time limits.
Members of the Public may place items on the Agenda by submitting a Written Request to the City Clerk
or City Manager's Office at least six days prior to the City Council Meeting (by 2:00 p.m. the prior
Tuesday). The request must include a brief general description of the business to be transacted or
discussed at the meeting. Playing of video tapes or use of visual aids may be permitted during meetings if
they are submitted to the City Clerk two (2) working days prior to the meeting and they do not exceed five
(5) minutes in length.
In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to
participate in this meeting, please contact City Clerk, 524 -2305. Notification 48 hours prior to the
meeting will enable the City to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this
meeting.
SPECIAL MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 20, 2016 — 5:00 PM
5:00 P.M. SESSION
CALL TO ORDER
ROLL CALL
PUBLIC COMMUNICATION — (Related to City_ Business Only — 5 minute limit per
person, 30 minute limit total) Individuals who have received value of $50 or more to communicate
to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees speaking on behalf of their employer, must so
identify themselves prior to addressing the City Council. Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and
punishable by a fine of $250.
4
SPECIAL ORDER OF BUSINESS:
CLOSED SESSION:
The City Council may move into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including
the Brown Act (Government Code Section §54960, et seq.) for the purposes of
conferring with the City's Real Property Negotiator; and /or conferring with the City
Attorney on potential and /or existing litigation; and /or discussing matters covered under
Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel); and /or conferring with the City's Labor
Negotiators; as follows:
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — EXISTING LITIGATION (Gov't Code
§54956.9(d)(1): -3- matter
1. City of El Segundo vs. City of Los Angeles, et.al. LASC Case No. BS094279
2. Lewis vs. City of El Segundo. EAMS No. ADJ9634084, ADJ9634079
3. Simonek vs. City of El Segundo, USDC (Cental District) No. CV -15- 09190 -JAK
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — ANTICIPATED LITIGATION
Significant exposure to litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956.9(d)(2): -1-
matter.
Initiation of litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956.9 (d)(4): -1- matters.
DISCUSSION OF PERSONNEL MATTERS (Gov't Code §54957): -2- matter
1. Public Employee Performance Evaluation
Title: City Manager
2. Public Employee Performance Evaluation
Title: City Attorney
APPOINTMENT OF PUBLIC EMPLOYEE (Gov't. Code § 54957): -0- matter
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT (Gov't Code § 54957) -0- matter
CONFERENCE WITH CITY'S LABOR NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54957.6): -8-
matters
1. Employee Organizations: Employee Organizations: Police Management
Association; Police Officers Association; Police Support Services Employees
Association; Fire Fighters Association; Supervisory and Professional Employees
Association; Executive and Management/Confidential; City Employees
Association.
Agency Designated Representative: Steve Filarsky and City Manager
CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54956.8): -0-
matters
3
AGENDA
EL SEGUNDO CITE' COUNCIL
COUNCIL CHAMBERS W 350 Main Street
The City Council, with certain statutory exceptions, can only take action upon properly posted and listed
agenda items. Any writings or documents given to a majority of the City Council regarding any matter on
this agenda that the City received after issuing the agenda packet, are available for public inspection in
the City Clerk's office during normal business hours. Such Documents may also be posted on the City's
website at www.elsegundo.org and additional copies will be available at the City Council meeting.
Unless otherwise noted in the Agenda, the Public can only comment on City - related business that is
within the jurisdiction of the City Council and /or items listed on the Agenda during the Public
Communications portions of the Meeting. Additionally, the Public can comment on any Public Hearing
item on the Agenda during the Public Hearing portion of such item. The time limit for comments is five (5)
minutes per person.
Before speaking to the City Council, please come to the podium and state: Your name and residence
and the organization you represent, if desired. Please respect the time limits.
Members of the Public may place items on the Agenda by submitting a Written Request to the City Clerk
or City Manager's Office at least six days prior to the City Council Meeting (by 2:00 p.m. the prior
Tuesday). The request must include a brief general description of the business to be transacted or
discussed at the meeting. Playing of video tapes or use of visual aids may be permitted during meetings if
they are submitted to the City Clerk two (2) working days prior to the meeting and they do not exceed five
(5) minutes in length.
In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to
participate in this meeting, please contact City Clerk, 524 -2305. Notification 48 hours prior to the
meeting will enable the City to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this
meeting.
REGULAR MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 20, 2016 - 7:00 P.M.
7:00 P.M. SESSION
CALL TO ORDER
INVOCATION — Rev. Dina Ferguson, St. Michael Episcopal Church
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE — Mayor Pro Tern Boyles
PRESENTATIONS
a) Proclamation — Richmond Street Fair — 40th Anniversary
b) Proclamation — September 23, 2016, Vin Scully Day
c) Presentation — City of El Segundo Centennial Celebration
ROLL CALL
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only — 5 minute limit per
person, 30 minute limit total) Individuals who have received value of $50 or more to communicate
to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees speaking on behalf of their employer, must so
identify themselves prior to addressing the City Council. Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and
punishable by a fine of $250. While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow Council to
take action on any item not on the agenda. The Council will respond to comments after Public
Communications is closed.
CITY COUNCIL COMMENTS — (Related to Public Communications)
A. PROCEDURAL MOTIONS
Consideration of a motion to read all ordinances and resolutions on the
Agenda by title only.
Recommendation — Approval.
B. SPECIAL ORDERS OF BUSINESS (PUBLIC HEARING)
1. Consideration and possible action regarding the introduction and first
reading of an Ordinance amending the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP)
relating to: (1) tinting or reflective glass on storefront windows; (2) signs
for non - street front uses; (3) design review process of projects in the DSP;
(4) parking requirements for Non - Profit Museums in the DSP area; and
amending El Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) Chapter 15 -24 regarding
Adjustments (Environmental Assessment No. EA -1057 (exempt from review
under the California Environmental Quality Act (California Public
Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA ") and the regulations
promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et
seq., the "State CEQA Guidelines "), Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 14-
01, and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 16 -03).
Applicant: City of El Segundo.
(Fiscal Impact: None).
Recommendation — 1) Open Public Hearing; 2) Discussion; 3) Introduce and
waive first reading of the proposed Ordinance (Environmental Assessment No.
EA -1057, Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 14 -01, and Zone Text Amendment
No. ZTA 16 -03); 4) Schedule second reading and adoption of the Ordinance on
October 4, 2016; and /or 5) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to
these items.
2. Consideration and possible action to open public hearing regarding the
presentation of the Fiscal Year (FY) 2016 -2017 Preliminary Budget,
including discussion and possible direction regarding all city revenues and
expenditures.
(Fiscal Impact: Total Revenues (including transfers -in) of $110,511,276;
Total Expenditures (including transfers -out) of $117,176,874; General Fund
Revenues of $67,836,559, Expenditures of $66,599,643)
Recommendation — 1) Open Public Hearing; 2) Staff presentation of the 2016-
2017 Preliminary Budget and Council direction to staff regarding all City
revenues and expenditures (includes potential discussion and direction relating
to all City Department revenues and expenditures); 3) Continue the Public
Hearing to September 28, 2016; 4) Schedule the budget adoption for the
September 28, 2016 meeting; 5) Alternatively, discuss and take other action
related to these items.
C. UNFINISHED BUSINESS
D. REPORTS OF COMMITTEES, COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS
E. CONSENT AGENDA
All items listed are to be adopted by one motion without discussion and passed unanimously. If a call for
discussion of an item is made, the item(s) will be considered individually under the next heading of
business.
3. Warrant Numbers 3012827 through 3013011 on Register No. 23 in the total
amount of $1,280,002.23 and Wire Transfers from 8/29/16 through 9/11116 in
the total amount of $1,380,994.45.
Recommendation — Approve Warrant Demand Register and authorize staff to
release. Ratify Payroll and Employee Benefit checks; checks released early due
to contracts or agreement; emergency disbursements and /or adjustments; and
wire transfers.
2
4. Special Meeting Minutes of August 29, 2016, Special Meeting Minutes of
September 6, 2016 and Regular City Council Meeting Minutes of September
6, 2016.
Recommendation — Approval.
5. Consideration and possible action regarding authorization for the Police
Department to purchase (23) Suppressed SIG Sauer SIGMCX 5.56MM
patrol /SWAT rifles, optics and related equipment using Asset Forfeiture
Funds.
(Fiscal Impact: Not to exceed $67,000.00)
Recommendation — 1) Authorize the Police Department to purchase (23)
Suppressed SIG Sauer SIGMCX patrol /SWAT rifles, optics and related
equipment and sell back up to (23) Colt AR -15's and related optics; 2) Authorize
the Police Department to purchase these rifles through Adamson Police
Products; 3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to these items.
6. Consideration and possible action to accept as complete the Joslyn Center
Elevator Refurbishment/Modernization Project. Project No. PW 16 -19
(Fiscal Impact: $85,582.00)
Recommendation — 1) Accept the work for the Joslyn Center Elevator
Refurbishment/Modernization, Project No. PW -16 -19 as complete; 2) Authorize
the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion in the County Recorder's Office; 3)
Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to these items.
7. Consideration and possible action regarding Adoption of a Resolution
amending the City of El Segundo Flexible Benefits Plan Document to reflect
changes in the Contribution to the Plan and amend the language to ensure
compliance with Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Recommendation — 1) Adopt the Resolution; 2) Alternatively, discuss and take
other action related to these items.
8. Consideration and possible action to authorize the City Manager to extend
the existing contract with William Avery & Associates, Inc. to conduct a
Police Chief recruitment and future executive searches as needed.
(Fiscal Impact: $24,400.00)
Recommendation — 1) Authorize the City Manager to extend the existing contract
with William Avery & Associates, an executive search firm, for purposes of
recruiting for the position of Police Chief and to conduct future executive
searches for the City as needed; 2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action
related to these items.
VA
d
9. Consideration and possible action to authorize the City Manager to a)
transfer $27,929 in funds budgeted for Fiscal Year FY 2015/16 for employee
salaries and benefits to professional /technical service charges; and b)
increase contract amount with Hayer Consultants, Inc., in a total amount
not to exceed $112,929.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Recommendation — 1) Authorize the City Manager to transfer $27,929 in funds
budgeted in Fiscal Year FY 2015/16 for the "employee salaries and benefits"
budget category to the "professional /technical service charges" budget category;
2) Authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to the agreement with
Hayer Consultants, Inc., in a form approved by the City Attorney to increase the
respective contract amounts to a total amount not to exceed $112,929; 3)
Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to these items.
10. Consideration and possible action regarding a thirty (30) day provisional
appointment extension for the position of Information Systems Manager.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Recommendation — 1) Approve the thirty (30) day provisional appointment
extension for the position of IS Manager; 2) Alternatively, discuss and take other
action related to these items.
F. NEW BUSINESS
G. REPORTS — CITY MANAGER
H. REPORTS — CITY ATTORNEY
REPORTS — CITY CLERK
J. REPORTS — CITY TREASURER
K. REPORTS — CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS
Mayor Pro Tern and Council Member Brann
11. Consideration and possible action to request staff to investigate and
provide possible solutions to alleviate maintenance and loitering concerns
at Clutter's Bluff Park located on Imperial Avenue.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Recommendation — 1) Request staff to investigate and provide possible solutions
to alleviate maintenance and loitering concerns at Clutter's Bluff Park located on
Imperial Avenue; 2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to these
items.
Council Member Brann —
Council Member Pirsztuk —
Council Member Dugan —
Mayor Pro Tern Boyles —
Mayor Fuentes —
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only — 5 minute limit per
person, 30 minute limit total) Individuals who have receive value of $50 or more to communicate
to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees speaking on behalf of their employer, must so
identify themselves prior to addressing the City Council. Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and
punishable by a fine of $250. While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow Council to
take action on any item not on the agenda. The Council will respond to comments after Public
Communications is closed.
MEMORIALS —
CLOSED SESSION
The City Council may move into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including the Brown Act
(Government Code Section §54960, et spec.) for the purposes of conferring with the City's Real Property
Negotiator,, and /or conferring with the City Attorney on potential and /or existing litigation; and /or
discussing matters covered under Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel); and /or conferring with
the City's Labor Negotiators.
REPORT OF ACTION TAKEN IN CLOSED SESSION (if required)
9
ADJOURNMENT
POSTED:
DATE: -1, 1-4 1 L__
TIME:
r�
NAME:.,
10
Proclamation
Richmond Street Fair — 40th Anniversary
Proclamation
September 23, 2016, Vin Scully Day
Presentation
City of El Segundo Centennial Celebration
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: September 20, 2016
AGENDA STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Public Hearing
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
Consideration and possible action regarding the introduction and first reading of an Ordinance
amending the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) relating to: (1) tinting or reflective glass on
storefront windows; (2) signs for non - street front uses; (3) design review process of projects in the
DSP; (4) parking requirements for Non - Profit Museums in the DSP area; and amending El
Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) Chapter 15 -24 regarding Adjustments (Environmental
Assessment No. EA -1057 (exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act
(California Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA ") and the regulations promulgated
thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq., the "State CEQA Guidelines "),
Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 14 -01, and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 16 -03).
Applicant: City of El Segundo.
(Fiscal Impact: None).
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
1. Open Public Hearing;
2. Discussion;
3. Introduce and waive first reading of the proposed Ordinance (Environmental
Assessment No. EA -1057, Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 14 -01, and Zone Text
Amendment No. ZTA 16 -03);
4. Schedule second reading and adoption of the Ordinance on October 4, 2016; and /or
5. Alternatively, discuss and take other possible action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Draft Ordinance
2. Planning Commission Staff Report Dated August 25, 2016
3. Planning Commission Staff Report Dated April 28, 2016, with attachments
4. Draft Planning Commission Minutes Excerpts Dated August 25, 2016
FISCAL IMPACT: None
Amount Budgeted: N/A
Additional Appropriation: N/A
Account Number(s): N/A
ORIGINATED BY: Gregg McClain, Planning Manager
REVIEWED BY: Sam Lee, Planning and Building atety Director
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager,
1
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
I. Introduction
The proposed project is a Specific Plan Amendment and a Zone Text Amendment to amend
various sections of the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) and ESMC Chapter 15 -24. The
proposed amendments affect the following:
1. DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding Tinting or Reflective Glass on
Storefront Windows; and /or
2. DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding Signs for Non - Street Front Uses;
3. DSP Sections V (Administration) and VIII (Design Standards) to establish a design
review process and to define projects requiring design review in the DSP;
4. DSP Section VII (Parking) regarding parking requirements for Non - profit Museum
uses; and
5. ESMC Chapter 15 -24 regarding Adjustments.
II. Background
In the last few years, as more businesses /properties have taken advantage of the DSP
parking incentives, other businesses, residents, and the Planning Commission have
expressed concerns regarding the lack of parking in the downtown area. In 2014, the
Planning Commission directed staff to relay these concerns to the City Council, which staff
did. In early 2015, the Commission expressed concern again about these issues and
directed staff to present information regarding parking in the downtown at a subsequent
meeting.
On June 11, 2015, staff presented information to the Planning Commission on parking
issues and five other potential amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan. The Planning
Commission gave staff input on each of the potential amendments, which was subsequently
presented to the City Council for consideration. On July 21, 2015, the City Council
reviewed the Planning Commission's and staff's recommendations and appointed a
subcommittee to further study the potential amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan.
The subcommittee, which consisted of local residents, property owners and business
owners (Attachment No. 3), met five times between November 2, 2015 and February 29,
2016.
On February 29, 2016, the subcommittee concluded its work and drafted recommendations,
which were presented to the Planning Commission on May 26, 2016 (See Attachment No.
1). On May 26, 2016, the Planning Commission directed staff to prepare amendments to
four of the initial six potential amendments. On August 25, 2016, the Planning
Commission held a public hearing regarding the proposed amendments. The discussion
below summarizes the proposed four amendments to the DSP and an amendment to the
ESMC (for consistency purposes only).
2
III. Discussion
1. Tinted or Reflective Glass on Storefront Window in the Downtown Specific Plan
(DSP) Area
Description
Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Section VIII (Design Standards) states that "storefront
windows shall be clear glass, neither tinted nor reflective." The intent of this and other
fagade- related provisions, as stated in DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) is to provide
transparency between the street and store interiors, which helps to maintain the pedestrian -
friendly character of the downtown. The Downtown Specific Plan allows the use of street
trees, awnings, and arbors to provide shade for storefronts and to reduce glare caused by
direct sunlight exposure.
Planning Commission recommendation
To allow the use of tinted and/or colored windows while maintaining a minimum visible
light transparency /transmittance level of 50 percent. Transparency /transmittance levels
below 50 percent may be approved through an administrative adjustment process by the
Planning and Building Safety Director. The proposed amendment would allow flexibility
in the design of storefronts, while preserving the intent of the DSP to have transparent
storefronts.
In addition to the proposed amendment to the DSP Design Standards, staff proposes to
amend ESMC Chapter 15 -24 regarding Adjustments to clarify that deviations from the
DSP Development and Design standards may be approved by the Planning and Building
Safety Director through an Administrative Adjustment process.
2. Additional Signs for Non - Street Front Uses in the DSP Area
Description
DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) states that "Perpendicular /Pedestrian signage may be
used for non - street fronting businesses and shall be no more than nine square feet." In
addition, DSP Section VIII allows "a maximum of two square feet of lettered /logo and /or
icon painted directly onto the entrance (without a background)." These signs permitted for
non - street front businesses are part of an overall limit of 25 square feet per lot. The intent
of these and other sign - related provisions in the DSP is to allow for attractive signs in scale
with existing buildings that preserve the pedestrian - friendly character of the downtown and
serve as invitations for people to enter and patronize stores and restaurants.
Planning Commission recommendation
To allow an additional 12 square -foot directory sign identifying non - street fronting
businesses on non - street fronting building elevations (including elevations fronting alleys).
The proposed amendment would allow adequate identification for non - street fronting
businesses, while preserving the intent of the DSP to have small signs in scale with existing
buildings.
N
3. Design review process in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Area
Description
Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Section VIII (Design Standards) regulates the design of
development on both public and private property. In addition, in 2008, the City Council
adopted an Architectural /Design Review fee (Resolution 4574, October 21, 2008) to pay
for the cost reviewing individual projects for consistency with the Downtown Specific Plan
(DSP) Design Standards. However, the Downtown Specific Plan did not establish a Design
Review process to implement these standards.
Planning Commission recommendation
Establish a Downtown Design Review (DDR) process that includes three levels of review
(Planning Commission, Administrative, and Ministerial) depending on the scope of a
development project. Planning Commission review would be required for large projects,
such as new buildings and additions over 500 square feet in size. Administrative (or
Director) review would be required for additions up to 500 square feet in size, outdoor
dining areas, and substantial exterior alterations. Ministerial review would be required for
minor exterior alterations not falling under Administrative or Planning Commission
review, such as changes to individual building features (signs, windows, awnings, etc.).
The proposed amendment would establish a design review process that ensures compliance
with the DSP Design Standards while streamlining the development process.
4. Parking for Non - profit Museum Uses in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Area
Description
Properties in the downtown are generally comprised of small substandard lots (commonly
3,125 square feet in size) and many of those properties have little or no parking on site.
Additionally, providing parking on site frequently is not feasible because lots are typically
too narrow (25 feet in width) to provide sufficient stall length and aisle width to allow
vehicle back up and maneuvering. Non - profit museums provide a public benefit to the
community in that they provide the community access to art and other educational exhibits.
In addition, museums are destination uses that attract visitors to the Downtown who
typically visit other retail and restaurant uses on the same trip and help support the business
community in the Downtown. Museums frequently operate on a more limited schedule
than typical businesses and operate during off peak hours such as evenings and weekends
when some Downtown uses such as general offices and medical /dental offices are closed.
This makes it likely that more street parking is available.
Currently, the City has one museum in the Downtown, the El Segundo Museum of Art
( ESMOA). Based upon the size of the museum, nine (9) parking spaces are required in the
DSP parking standards. ESMOA cannot provide the parking spaces on site. The museum
arranged for the use of nine (9) parking spaces in the Chevron surface parking lots located
on the 100 block of Main Street just north of El Segundo Boulevard (southeast corner)
during nights and weekends when ESMOA is open to the public and conducts events.
However this does not meet the City's requirements for the parking spaces to be available
at all times and such off -site parking requires a parking covenant. The museum is not open
to the general public during weekdays except by special appointment and has a small staff
that does not work extensive hours. As a result, ESMOA does not compete with other
4
4
office uses for street parking and has limited need to provide parking except for weekends
and special events conducted limitedly on Friday nights and weekends.
Planning Commission Recommendation
Establish a definition for non - profit museums of art and eliminate the parking requirement
for this use. A use that succeeds a non - profit museum of art would have to provide the
minimum number of parking spaces as required by the DSP. The proposed amendment
provides an incentive for non - profit museums of art, which provide a public benefit.
IV. Findings
The attached August 25, 2016 Planning Commission staff report and the draft Ordinance
include a discussion of the General Plan and Zoning Consistency, Environmental Review,
and application findings.
V. Planning Commission Action
On August 25, 2016, the Planning Commission held a public hearing on the proposed
amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) and the El Segundo Municipal Code
(ESMC).
After receiving testimony and documentary information, the Commission adopted
Resolution No. 2802, recommending City Council adopt the draft Ordinance.
VI. Environmental Assessment
The proposed Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental
Quality Act (California Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA ") and the
regulations promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq.,
the "State CEQA Guidelines ") because it consists only of minor revisions and clarifications
to existing zoning regulations and related procedures. It does not have the effect of deleting
or substantially changing any regulatory standards or findings required thereof. Therefore,
the proposed Ordinance is an action that does not have the potential to cause significant
impacts on the environment. The proposed Ordinance would make minor changes to the
Downtown Specific Plan, which was evaluated by an adopted Mitigated Negative
Declaration (Environmental Assessment No. 474) on August 1, 2000. Furthermore, the
proposed Ordinance would make a minor change to the El Segundo Municipal Code which
the City determined to be consistent with the FEIR for the City of El Segundo General Plan
on December 1, 1992. Accordingly, no further environmental review is required pursuant
to 14 Cal. Code Regs. § 15168(c)(2).
VII. Recommendation
Staff recommends that the City Council introduce and waive first reading of a draft
Ordinance and schedule a second reading and adoption of the Ordinance to occur on
October 4, 2016.
P:\Planning & Building Safety \0 Planning - Old\PROJECTS (Planning) \1051- 1075 \EA -1057 (Downtown Code) \City
Council 09202016 \EA 1057 -CC staff report 09202016.docz
5
ORDINANCE NO.
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING VARIOUS DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
(DSP) DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS, ESTABLISHING A
DOWNTOWN DESIGN REVIEW PROCESS, AND AMENDING EL
SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 15 -24 REGARDING
ADJUSTMENTS.
(SPECIFIC PLAN AMENDMENT NO. 14 -01 AND
ZONE TEXT AMENDMENT NO. 16 -03)
The City Council of the city of El Segundo does ordain as follows:
SECTION 1: The Council finds and declares as follows:
A. On February 19, 2014, the City initiated the process to amend various
Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) development standards and design
guidelines.
B. On June 11, 2015, the Planning Commission held a study session, gave
staff feedback on the recommended amendments, and directed staff to
present their feedback and recommendations to the City Council;
C. On July 21, 2015, the City Council held a study session, reviewed the
recommended amendments, and directed staff to form a Downtown
Subcommittee to further study the recommended amendments and
prepare an Ordinance for consideration;
D. The Downtown Subcommittee held five meetings between November 2,
2015 and February 29, 2016 to provide feedback and make
recommendations on the recommended amendments;
E. On May 26, 2016, the Planning Commission held a study session to
review the Downtown Subcommittee's recommendations and directed
staff to prepare an Ordinance addressing the following four amendments
to the DSP development standards and design guidelines:
1, Tinted or Reflective Glass on Storefront Windows
2. Additional Signs for Non - Street Front Uses
3. Design review process
4. Parking for Non - profit Museum Uses
The Planning Commission also directed staff to study possible
further amendments to the parking standards and the parking in-
lieu fee program in the DSP.
Page 1 of 16
F. In addition, the City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under
the California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§
21000, et seq., "CEQA "), the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal.
Code of Regulations § §15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines "), and the
City's Environmental Guidelines (City Council Resolution No. 3805,
adopted March 16, 1993);
G. The Planning and Building Safety Department completed its review and
scheduled a public hearing regarding the application before the Planning
Commission for August 25, 2016;
H. On August 25, 2016, the Planning Commission held a public hearing to
receive public testimony and other evidence regarding the application
including, without limitation, information provided to the Planning
Commission by city staff; and, adopted Resolution No. 2802
recommending that the City Council approve the proposed project;
On September 20, 2016, the City Council held a public hearing and
considered the information provided by City staff and public testimony
regarding this Ordinance; and
This Ordinance and its findings are made based upon the entire
administrative record including, without limitation, testimony and evidence
presented to the City Council at its September 20, 2016 hearing and the
staff report submitted by the Planning and Building Safety Department.
SECTION 2: General Plan and Specific Plan Findings. After considering the above
facts, the City Council finds as follows:
A. The El Segundo General Plan land use designation is Downtown Specific
Plan (DSP). This designation permits community serving retail and
service uses, and offices in a pedestrian- oriented environment. The
purpose of the proposed amendments is to allow flexibility in the design of
development projects while preserving and promoting the pedestrian -
oriented environment in the DSP.
B. The proposed amendments will: 1) allow storefront windows to be colored
and /or tinted while maintaining a minimum 50% visible light transmittance
level; 2) allow an additional directory sign up to a maximum of 12 square
feet in size for non - street front uses; 3) establish a design review process,
including ministerial, administrative, and planning commission levels of
review; and 4) establish a definition and parking requirements for non-
profit Museums of Art.
C. The proposed amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan are consistent
with several General Plan Land Use Element Goals, Objectives and
Page 2 of 16
Policies. Specifically, they are consistent with Land Use Element Goal
LU1 and Objective LU14, in that they will help preserve and maintain the
City's Downtown as integral to the City's appearance and function. The
proposed amendments will allow some flexibility related to storefront
windows, non - street fronting business signage, parking requirements for
non - profit museums, and will clarify the design review process without
detracting from the appearance and design standards of the DSP.
D. The proposed amendments are also consistent with Land Use Element
Goal LU4, Objective LU4 -2, Policy LU 4 -2.1, Policy LU4 -2.4, and Policy
LU4 -2.5, in that they will help maintain a stable tax base for the City and
maintain the Downtown as a focal point for the community. The proposed
amendments will accomplish this by providing more design flexibility and
clarifying the design review process, which will help retain and attract
businesses to the Downtown area.
E. The proposed amendments are also consistent with Economic
Development Element Goal ED3, Objective ED3 -1, Policy ED3 -1.2, Policy
ED3 -1.4, and Policy ED3 -1.5 in that they will provide more design
flexibility and clarify the design review process, which will help retain and
attract businesses to the Downtown area.
F. The amendments are consistent with the philosophy and concept of the
Downtown Specific Plan (DSP), in that the increased design flexibility
helps maintain and enhance the DSP pedestrian friendly environment. In
addition, the proposed amendments establish a clear design review
process to help achieve the DSP aesthetic goals.
SECTION 3: Zone Text Amendment Findings. The proposed Zone Text Amendment to
ESMC Chapter 15 -24 is required by public necessity, convenience, and general welfare,
since it will clarify that deviations from the DSP Development and Design standards
may be approved by the Planning and Building Safety Director through an
Administrative Adjustment process.
SECTION 4: Environmental Assessment. The proposed Ordinance is exempt from
review under the California Environmental Quality Act (California Public Resources
Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA ") and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14
California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq., the "State CEQA Guidelines ")
because it consists only of minor revisions and clarifications to existing zoning
regulations and related procedures. It does not have the effect of deleting or
substantially changing any regulatory standards or findings required thereof. Therefore,
the proposed Ordinance is an action that does not have the potential to cause
significant impacts on the environment. The proposed Ordinance would make minor
changes to the Downtown Specific Plan, which was evaluated by an adopted Mitigated
Negative Declaration (Environmental Assessment No. 474) on August 1, 2000.
Furthermore, the proposed Ordinance would make a minor change to the El Segundo
Page 3 of 16
Municipal Code which the City determined to be consistent with the FEIR for the City of
El Segundo General Plan on December 1, 1992. Accordingly, no further environmental
review is required pursuant to 14 Cal. Code Regs. § 15168(c)(2).
SECTION 5: Chapter V of the Downtown Specific Plan is amended to read as follows:
"A. Introduction
Sections 65450 through 65457 of the State Government Code define the criteria under
which specific plans may be adopted. These sections require that a specific plan include
land uses, infrastructure, development standards, implementation including financing,
and a statement of the relationship of the specific plan to the general plan. The
Downtown Specific Plan shall -beis administrated in accordance with the City Municipal
Code, except as noted under Tt enn7b. 2. Sections B and C below.
B. Specific Plan Administration
1. Administrative Determinations and Adjustments
Administrative Determinations must comply with Chapter 20.72 15 -22 of the
El Segundo Municipal Code E( SMC).
Adjustments must comply with Chapter 15 -24 of the ESMC.
2. Development Standards -Deterr-n tio�Adiustments
The Director of Lemma it r4emic-- aed- Deve4opment- 5eNicesPlanning and
Building Safety may grant ad-m+sa ism+ ve-- determi -€ a-tier4sad}ustments related to
development and design standards, provided any administrative relief s4aaldoes
not exceed 10% of any development or design standard.
3. Authority to Inspect
Inspections shaflmust comply with ESMC Chapter '^.°e� -ega#s
Ma�r�ir�i�a l -C.ede 15 -28 .
4. Penalty
Penalties sk►atlmust comply with ESMC Chapter 2- G- .Wef- t- he- E- VSegu -ndo
Municipal @cde15 -28.
5. Authority to promulgate rules and regulations
The Director of Planning and Building Safety has the authority to
promulgate rules and regulations, and to amend or add to them, for the
implementation of this chapter.
Page 4 of 16
C. Design Review Process
1. Purpose
The purpose of the design review process is to ensure that new
development in the Downtown Specific Plan area complies with the
Design Standards in Chapter Vill of the Specific Plan.
2. Levels of Review and Process
The following levels of review apply to development projects in the
Downtown Specific Plan area:
al Ministerial. Ministerial review occurs during the building permit
process. No discretionary permit and/or planning applications are
required.
Applicability. Ministerial review applies to all protects that are not
subject to Administrative or Planning Commission review and include,
without limitation, the following development projects:
i. Installation, replacement, or modifications to individual
architectural building features, including, without Limitation,
windows, doors, awnings, lighting, siding material and colors,
landscaping, and signs.
Review Authority. Planning and Building Safety Department staff.
b) Administrative. Administrative -level review requires submittal of a
Downtown Design Review (DDR) application to the Planning and
Building Safety Department.
Applicability. Administrative -level review applies to the following
development projects:
i. Substantial exterior alterations. These include installation,
replacement, modifications to multiple types of architectural
building features, including, without limitation, windows, doors,
awnings, lighting, siding material and colors, landscaping, and
signs as determined by the Planning and Building Safety Director
or his /her designee.
ii. Changes_ to the size or location of building openings, such as
windows and doors.
iii. Outdoor retail uses and outdoor dining (including temporary
dining).
iv. An addition to a building that is up to a maximum of 500 square feet
(gross) in size.
Page 5 of 16
Review Authority. Planning and Building Safety Director or his /her
designee. No public hearing or notification is required before the
Director or his /her designee issues a decision. The Director's decisions
are appealable to the Planning Commission.
cc) Planning Commission. Planning Commission -level review requires
submittal of a Downtown Design Review (DDR) application to the
Planning and Building Safety Department.
Applicability. Planning Commission -level review applies to the following
development projects:
i. New buildings
ii. An addition to a building that is over 500 square feet (_gross) in size.
iii. Substantial exterior alterations or other _development projects
referred to the Planning Commission by the Planning and Building
Safety Director.
Review Authority. Planning Commission. A public hearing and
notification is required before the Planning Commission issues a
decision. The public hearing and notice must comply with ESMC
Chapter 15 -27. A decision of the Planning Commission may be
appealed to the City p Chapter 15 -25.
Council pursuant to ESMC
Page 6 of 16
N
N
L
ai
a
Ll
_
3
C
O
O
Z
m
Fy-
0
ti
a)
rn
cu
0-
o
t
E
E
0 '
=
[L
J
�N
_
O
L
N
m
F
V
•
cc
'L
C
= t
0
0
MM
M
�
3
O L
CL
0
.
�y
Q 0- w
Z m. Z
a L Z
CJ
L'...
0.
L
_
C
L
=
O
0
?� •C
= C N
= C O C
C
N
I
0 0
_ :Q
_ :F3
E
Q1 ,
_
�a
amcn
a. CIO a '01
ac)
as
>
4.1
L
�
cr
0
O
N
00
Z
, O W .c
%-
O
C
y
L.
O
N
'a L
m a
'S
00
•=
E
�c
0
c
c=a
sue_
o
._
a
0m
3 ..
O
•L
O 4-
"L L
L
E
O O
E_''.3+:
cE
3
m1�
o�
00
C
o
a
3
i O
O
E
0-0 O
E
0
3
O
'a
_
}
m
`=N
E
`O-
O
-''
L a d
O
. O
41
=
N
aC c) •� .=
= N
O
=
fN/_! t
E
.N
'0
E
G =
O
c
N
N
N0+
N +a
y
i
•
V
-
O
v +N
_
N
N
N
Q
_
O
m
a
E C
�+C
0=
S
5 O
a O
a
0
0 O
.'
.a
U_
E
►-
N
x
=ca._C
=L3'
ate-+
ev
°
NN
0
m'c.},
O
7
+.��cN.�
'a
0
=}'m
=N.ea
_• :E
0
a0i
=
a=
L=
0
_�
O
L
O
N
O
—
S
_�
�> 3
=
•_
.a
N
yr 7
C N C
.N
_
eC
'a
=
Ri
=
N
OL
N d
=
- =
N 'a 0
3
=
7
N 0 0
� C m
=
a1
� �
�
c
d
�
7 >
a
Qo
3 l
SE -Em2
cn.__E.__
EL
-0
u0
0
QN
Z
a'
cn-°'a
CD
O
.NJ
`
L
m
y
•�
"�
E
0
ti
a)
rn
cu
0-
N
Page 8 of 16
Commission by the Plannina_ and Building Safety
Director
N
Page 8 of 16
SECTION 6: Chapter VI, Section H of the Downtown Specific Plan is amended as
follows:
H. Definitions
"Museum of Art
"Museum of Art" means a buildin_q where works of art such as
paintings, sculpture, hoto ra hs and decorative arts are
displayed or kept.
Newsstand
"Newsstand" means a small self- contained outdoor structure
for the retail sales of newspapers, magazines, periodicals,
and similar products.
Non- profit Museum of Art
"Non- profit Museum of Art" means a Museum of Art that is
operated by nonprofit corporations that have been approved
by- the internal Revenue Service to be tax-exempt under the
terms of the Internal Revenue Code.
Offices, Governmental
"Offices, governmental" means an establishment maintained and
used as a place 'of business by persons employed by the
government including City, County, State, Federal and similar
governmental businesses, whose business activity consists
primarily of providing services to people."
SECTION 7: Chapter VII, Section 3 of the Downtown Specific Plan is amended as
follows:
"3. Parking Spaces Required-
b. Nonresidential Uses:
i) Bed and Breakfast Hotels -1 space for each of the first 100 rooms; 3/ space for each
of the next 100 rooms; and Y2 space for each room above 200 rooms.
ii) Retail, offices, commercial. video arcade, and food -to -go uses -1 space for each 300 sq.
ft. for the first 25,000 sq. ft.; 1 space for each 350 sq. ft. for the second 25,000 sq. ft.; 1
space for each 400 sq. ft. for the area in excess of 50,000 sq. ft. No parking is required
for outdoor retail uses including gathering areas (such as outdoor party areas),
newsstands, coffee carts and flower stands, up to 200 square feet in area.
Page 9 of 16
City of El Segundo 52 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan Ordinance No. 1319
iii) Restaurants - 1 space for each 75 sq. ft. of dining area, including outdoor dining areas
exceeding 200 sq. ft. in area 1 space for each 250 square feet of non - dining areas. No
parking is required for restaurants less than 500 sq. ft. which do not provide sit -down
eating accommodations, or for outdoor uses including dining and gathering areas, up to
200 sq. ft. in area.
iv) Bars - 1 space for each 75 sq. ft., including outdoor areas exceeding 200 sq; ft. in area.
v) Medical /Dental offices and clinics -1 space for each 200 sq. ft.
A Non-profit Museums of Art - No parkinq re uired. **
vii) Schools - Daycare, pre - school, elementary, middle school and junior high - 1 space for
each classroom, plus 1 space for each employee.
viii) Schools -High school -7 spaces per classroom plus auditorium or stadium parking
requirements.
ix) Schools - Adult, college, business and trade schools - 1 space for every 50 sq. ft. of
gross floor area or 1 space for every 3 fixed seats - whichever is greater.
x) Places of Public Assembly (including but not limited to, theaters, auditoriums, banquet
facilities, meeting rooms, clubs, lodges and mortuaries) —With fixed seats -1 space for
every 5 seats.* Without fixed seats -1 space for every 50 sq. ft. of floor area used for
assembly purposes.
* Based upon the Uniform Building Code, areas having fixed benches or pews shallmust
have 1 seat for each 18 inches of length. Dining areas sWmust have 1 seat for each
24 inches of booth length, or major portion thereof.
See also Chapter V11, Section 10."
SECTION 8: Chapter VII, Section 10 of the Downtown Specific Plan is amended to read
as follows:
"10. Existing Buildings with Permitted Uses -
Existing uses in an existing building may change to any other use enumerated in the
PERMITTED USES section of the applicable Specific Plan District without providing
additional on -site parking spaces, provided that all existing on -site parking spaces
provided in connection with the building or structure shall -be- continued alto be
available for use with the subject building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, when a
Non- profit Museum of Art in an existing building changes to any other use, the
succeeding use must provide there quired number of parking spaces at the
ratios set forth in Section 3 of this Chapter."
SECTION 9: Chapter VIII, Section A, subsection 4.(a)(ii) of the Downtown Specific Plan
Page 10 of 16
is amended to read as follows:
"ii) Facades -
aa. If parcels are aggregated, then the new building should maintain a
facade that is differentiated as if each segment were a separate
structure. (C)
bb. New buildings shall GensideF andmust be compatible or contextual to
the architecture, size, massing, roofline, cornice line, and details of
the adjoining buildings. (C)
cc. Storefront windows shall be GI must be transparent glass, neithe r
anted ner refleGWe-,including tinted and colored glass, which
must provide a minimum visible light trans arenc (transmittance
level of 50 percent. Reflective glass is prohibited. Windows may
be shaded by street trees, awnings and arbors. (C)
dd. At least 75% of the facade between two and eight feet above the
sidewalk s#aflmust be eleartransparent windows and doors (new or
renovated structures). (C) (Photo 16)
Photo 16- Clear window treatments
Metal security door
ee. Window displays should be encouraged (i.e., flower shop), but should
provide transparency between the street and the store. Window
displays shaflmay not block or completely obscure the building interior
from the passerby. (S)
ff. For all front windows, at least 75% of the glass area s4aflmust be
unobstructed by signage, including advertisements, screens, and
window coverings. (S)
gg. Metal garage doors, folding security screens or other security
features, which detract from the street appearance, shall not Beare
not allowed. (C) (Photo 17).
hh. Awnings, which complement the architectural character of the building
or storefront, are encouraged. (Photo 18)"
SECTION 10: Chapter VIII, Section A, subsection 4.(c) of the Downtown Specific
Page 11 of 16
Plan is amended to read as follows-
"c. Signage:
Signs are significant features of shopping and entertainment districts as they
serve as invitations for people to enter and patronize stores and restaurants.
Unique, attractive signs signify quality establishments and products. A
combination of storefront, window and perpendicular /pedestrian signs is
allowed to—meet --- thean area up to a maximum of 25-sq u e ®f total
M —rimum allowable si g per 25 feet sta°R4af - 4ot;j s uare foot per
lineal foot of street frontage. If if lots are aggregated, then a formula of 1.5
square feet per lineal foot of street frontage istiimes shall used to
determine maximum allowable signage)_ (Diagram 9)
t-- -- -f1mwu 51411M
INA-u �N6
l-. L
TY'4�S op s16N5
DIAGRAM S
i) Storefront Signs -
Storefront signs are mounted parallel and directly onto the building facade.
aa. Storefront signs s#atlmay be no more than 20 square feet. (C)
bb. Materials used shallmust be in keeping with the character and charm of a
pedestrian oriented downtown and consistent with surrounding signage.
(C)
cc. Freestanding lettered /iconic signage (without background area) leis
encouraged and allowed. (C) (Diagram 10)
Page 12 of 16
6
i
I I
I X41
� I
4'
5`1MFW S16N
DIAGRAM 10
dd. Signage on awnings shall beis allowed. (C)
ee. Signage may be lighted from another source such as gooseneck lamps.
(C) (Diagram 11)
h�bAkt�
f r
F
DIAGRAM 11
ff. Internally illuminated canister signs shaHare not be allowed. (C)
gg. Pole or pylon signs shafiare not be allowed. (C)
hh. Roof signs shallare not be allowed. (C)
ii. Neon signage should be discouraged. (C)
jj. Temporary signs shall beare limited to no more than 15 percent of the
window or storefront area for a maximum of 30 days per year. (C)
i) Window Signs -
aa. Window signage s#allmay be no more than 16 square feet. (C)
bb. Window signage shallmust be kept to a minimum. Lettering, such as
painted script shall beis encouraged, while signs with backgrounds sba4
Page 13 of 16
beare discouraged. (C)
cc. Advertisements placed in windows shallare not be allowed. (C)
ii) Perpendicular /Pedestrian Signs —
Perpendicular /Pedestrian signs are mounted above eye - level, perpendicular
to the building face and hang over the sidewalk.
aa. Perpendicular /Pedestrian signs sfaaflmay be no more than nine square
feet (double sided allowed). (C)
bb. Materials used shallmust be in keeping with the character and charm of a
pedestrian oriented downtown and consistent with surrounding signage.
(C) (Photo 20)
Photo 20-
Perpendicular /Pedestrian sign
iv) Signs for Non - Street Front Uses -
aa. Perpendicular /Pedestrian signage may be used for non - street fronting
businesses and shall -be provided such signage is no more than nine
square feet. (C)
bb. In addition to allowed perpendicular /pedestrian signage, a maximum of
two square feet of lettered /logo and /or icon painted directly onto the
entrance (without a background) shall b°eis allowed. (C)
cc.ln addition, a directory sign identifying non - street fronting_
businesses within a buildinci is allowed on non - street fronting
building elevations (including elevations fronting on alleys). The
directory sign may not exceed 12 square feet. (Cl
v) Address Signs -
Address signs may be used to identify building location, but shallmay not be
Page 14 of 16
used as primary signage. Size shaf4must be. kept at the minimum necessary,
as required by the Uniform Fire Code, to identify the address from the street.
(C)
vi) Sidewalk Signs _ Sidewalk- oriented signs are designed to be visible by
pedestrians on the sidewalk. They are movable, free standing signs.
aa. Freestanding signage (as in sandwich boards) along sidewalks is
encouraged. Freestanding signs shaltmay not exceed four square feet in
area on each side and shallmust be designed so as not to obstruct the
sidewalk or provide a place for a person to hide behind. (C) (Diagram 12)"
SECTION 11: Section 15 -24 -6 of the ESMC is amended to read as follows-
"15-24-6: ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW
Requests for administrative adjustments must be reviewed by the director of planning
and building safety or his /her designated representative. A decision on an administrative
adjustment must be made and mailed to the applicant within ten (10) working days after
the application is deemed complete. The director's decision is final unless appealed as
provided by chapter 25 of this title. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter,
no public hearing or notification is required for administrative adjustments.
Administrative adjustments may be granted to allow:
A. Parking and loading space standards as set forth in chapter 15 of this title.
B. Reduction of retention of a minimum of fifty percent (50 %) of exterior perimeter wall
height and /or deviation from development standards for life safety purposes.
C. Deviation from development standards for reasonable access accommodations
D. Deviation from the development and design standards as set forth in chapters
V -VIII of the Downtown Specific Plan."
SECTION 12: If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid by a court
of competent jurisdiction, the city council intends that such invalidity will not affect the
effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions
of this Ordinance are severable.
SECTION 13: The City Clerk is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this
Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book of original
ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting;
and, within fifteen (15) days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it
to be published or posted in accordance with California law.
Page 15 of 16
SECTION 14: This Ordinance will become effective on the thirty -first (31st) day
following its passage and adoption.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this day of
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney
ATTEST:
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO )
2016.
Suzanne Fuentes, Mayor
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that
the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing
Ordinance No. - was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting
held on the day of 2016, and was duly passed and adopted by said
City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at
a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of , 2016, and the
same was so passed and adopted by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAIN:
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
P: \Planning & Building Safety \0 Planning - Old \PROJECTS (Planning) \1051 - 1075 \EA -1057 (Downtown Code) \City
Council 09202016 \EA 1057 - DRAFT Ord stirkeout version.doc
Page 16 of 16
EL SEGUNDO PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING DATE: August 25, 2016
AGENDA STATEMENT AGENDA BEADING: Director's Report
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
Consideration and possible action regarding Environmental Assessment No. EA -1057, Specific
Plan Amendment No. SPA 14 -01, and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 16 -03 to amend the
Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) relating to: (1) tinting or reflective glass on storefront windows;
(2) signs for non -street front uses; (3) design review process of projects in the DSP; (4) parking
requirements for Non - Profit Museums in the DSP area; and/or to amend El Segundo Municipal
Code (ESMC) Chapter 15 -24 regarding Adjustments. (Fiscal Impact: None)
RECOMMENDED PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION: It is recommended that the Planning
Commission
1. Open the public hearing and take public testimony on the project; close the public hearing
and consider the evidence; and, adopt Resolution No. 2802 recommending that the City
Council adopt an Ordinance to amend
a. DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding Tinting or Reflective Glass on Storefront
Windows;
b. DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding Signs for Non -Street Front Uses;
c. DSP Sections V (Administration) and VIII (Design Standards) to establish a design
review process and to define projects requiring design review in the DSP;
d. DSP Section VII (Parking) regarding parking requirements for Non - profit Museum uses;
e. ESMC Chapter 15 -24 regarding Adjustments; and/or
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other possible action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Proposed Planning Commission Resolution No. 2802
a. Draft Ordinance
2. Planning Commission Staff Report dated April 28, 2016 with attachments
ORIGINATED BY: Paul Samaras, Principal Planner
REVIEWED BY: Gregg A. McClain, Planning Manager
APPROVED BY: Sam Lee, Director of Planning and Building Safet
I. INTRODUCTION:
The proposed project is a Specific Plan Amendment and a Zone Text Amendment to amend
various sections of the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) and ESMC Chapter 15 -24. The proposed
amendments would amend
1. DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding Tinting or Reflective Glass on Storefront
Windows;
2. DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding Signs for Non - Street Front Uses;
3. DSP Sections V (Administration) and VIII (Design Standards) to establish a design review
process and to define projects requiring design review in the DSP; n
4. DSP Section VII (Parking) regarding parking requirements for Non - profit Museum uses; and
5. ESMC Chapter 15 -24 regarding Adjustments.
II. BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
Background
On June 11, 2015, staff requested input from the Planning Commission on six potential
amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan. The Planning Commission gave staff input on each
of the potential amendments, which was subsequently presented to the City Council for
consideration. On July 21, 2015, the City Council reviewed the Planning Commission's and staff's
recommendations and appointed a subcommittee to further study the potential amendments to the
Downtown Specific Plan.
On February 29, 2016, the subcommittee concluded its work and drafted recommendations, which
were presented to the Planning Commission on May 26, 2016. On May 26, 2016, the Planning
Commission directed staff to prepare amendments to four of the initial six potential amendments.
The discussion below summarizes the proposed four amendments to the DSP and an amendment
to the ESMC (for consistency purposes only).
Discussion
1. Tinted or Reflective Glass on Storefront Window in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Area
Description
DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) states that "storefront windows shall be clear glass, neither
tinted nor reflective." The intent of this and other facade- related provisions, as stated in DSP
Section VIII (Design Standards) is to provide transparency between the street and store interiors,
which helps to maintain the pedestrian- friendly character of the downtown. The DSP allows the
use of street trees, awnings, and arbors to provide shade for storefronts and to reduce glare caused
by direct sunlight exposure.
Staff recommendation: To allow the use of tinted and /or colored windows while
maintaining a minimum visible light transparency /transmittance
level of 50 percent. Transparency /transmittance levels below 50
percent may be approved through an administrative adjustment
process by the Planning and Building Safety Director. The proposed
amendment would allow flexibility in the design of storefronts,
while preserving the intent of the DSP to have transparent
storefronts.
In addition to the proposed amendment to the DSP Design
Standards, staff proposes to amend ESMC Chapter 15 -24 regarding
Adjustments to clarify that deviations from the DSP Development
and Design standards may be approved by the Planning and
Building Safety Director through an Administrative Adjustment
process.
2 r
4
2. Additional Signs for Non - Street Front Uses in the DSP Area
Description
DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) states that "Perpendicular/Pedestrian signage may be used
for non - street fronting businesses and shall be no more than nine square feet." In addition, DSP
Section VIII allows "a maximum of two square feet of lettered /logo and/or icon painted directly
onto the entrance (without a background)." These signs permitted for non - street front businesses
are part of an overall limit of 25 square feet per lot. The intent of these and other sign- related
provisions in the DSP is to allow for attractive signs in scale with existing buildings that preserve
the pedestrian - friendly character of the downtown and serve as invitations for people to enter and
patronize stores and restaurants.
Staff recommendation: To allow an additional 12 square -foot directory sign identifying
non - street fronting businesses on non - street fronting building
elevations (including elevations fronting alleys). The proposed
amendment would allow adequate identification for non - street
fronting businesses, while preserving the intent of the DSP to have
small signs in scale with existing buildings.
Design review process in the DSP Area
Description
DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regulates the design of development of both public and
private property. In addition, in 2008, the City Council adopted an Architectural/Design Review
fee (Resolution 4574, October 21, 2008) to pay for the cost reviewing individual projects for
consistency with the DSP Design Standards. However, the DSP did not establish a Design Review
process to implement these standards.
Staff recommendation: Establish a Downtown Design Review (DDR) process that includes
three levels of review (Planning Commission, Administrative, and
Ministerial) depending on the scope of a development project.
Planning Commission review would be required for large projects,
such as new buildings and additions over 500 square feet in size.
Administrative (or Director) review would be required for additions
up to 500 square feet in size, outdoor dining areas, and substantial
exterior alterations. Ministerial review would be allowed for minor
exterior alterations not falling under Administrative or Planning
Commission review, such as changes to individual building features
(signs, windows, awnings, etc.). The proposed amendment would
establish a design review process that ensures compliance with the
DSP Design Standards while streamlining the development process.
4. Parking for Non - profit Museum Uses in the DSP Area
Description
Properties in the downtown are generally comprised of small substandard lots (commonly 3,125
square feet in size) and many of those properties have little or no parking on site. Additionally,
providing parking on site frequently is not feasible because lots are typically too narrow (25 feet
f F
_ .a
in width) to provide sufficient stall length and aisle width to allow vehicle back up and
maneuvering. Non - profit museums provide a public benefit to the community in that they provide
the community access to art and other educational exhibits. In addition, museums are destination
uses that attract visitors to the Downtown who typically visit other retail and restaurant uses on the
same trip and help support the business community in the Downtown. Museums frequently
operate on a more limited schedule than typical businesses and operate during off peak hours such
as evenings and weekends when some Downtown uses such as general offices and medical /dental
offices are closed. This makes it likely that more street parking is available.
Currently, the City has one museum in the Downtown, the El Segundo Museum of Art ( ESMOA).
Based upon the size of the museum, nine (9) parking spaces are required in the DSP parking
standards. ESMOA cannot provide the parking spaces on site. The museum arranged for the use
of nine (9) parking spaces in the Chevron surface parking lots located on the 100 block of Main
Street just north of El Segundo Boulevard (southeast corner) during nights and weekends when
ESMOA is open to the public and conducts events. However, this does not meet the City's
requirements for the parking spaces to be available at all times and such off -site parking requires
a parking covenant. The museum is not open to the general public during weekdays except by
special appointment and has a small staff that does not work extensive hours. As a result, ESMOA
does not compete with other office uses for street parking and has limited need to provide parking
except for weekends and special events conducted limitedly on Friday nights and weekends.
Staff recommendation: Define non - profit museums of art and eliminate the parking
requirement for this use. A use that succeeds a non -profit museum
of art would have to provide the minimum number of parking spaces
as required by the DSP. The proposed amendment provides an
incentive for non - profit museums of art, which provide a public
benefit.
Parking and the Parking In -Lieu Fee Program in the DSP Area
Description
In addition to the four amendments described above, staff, the Downtown subcommittee, and the
Planning Commission also considered parking related issues in the DSP including the parking in-
lieu fee program.
Downtown Subcommittee recommendation:
The Downtown Subcommittee discussed parking at three of its meetings. Below is a list of some
of the topics discussed and areas of agreement:
a. The parking problem in the Downtown is primarily one of management of existing parking,
rather than a lack of supply. So, the City should focus on managing the existing supply of
parking, which includes several surface public parking lots and a parking structure.
b. The City should prioritize the implementation of the Master Bicycle Plan goals for the
Downtown area. This will encourage more bicycle traffic instead of vehicular traffic.
c. The City should focus on enforcement of restrictions for on- street parking.
d. The City should promote and improve visibility of the public parking lot at the northeast corner
of Main Street and Grand Avenue.
4 ;201
e. The City should improve signage for public parking lots and particularly for the parking
structure. The signage for the structure is confusing in that it appears to reserve parking only
for the 99 -cent store.
Additional topics discussed by the subcommittee during its meetings are summarized in the
attached Planning Commission staff report dated April 28, 2016.
Planning Commission Direction:
On May 26, 2016, the Planning Commission directed staff to proceed with the four proposed
amendments and to conduct further research on the following:
a. Public parking management (including signage);
b. Updating the DSP parking requirements; and
c. Expanding the DSP boundaries.
Staff continues to research these issues and will report back to the Planning Commission at a later
date.
General Plan And Zoning Consistency
Consistency with the El Segundo Municipal Code.
Pursuant to ESMC Title 15, Chapter 26 (Amendments), in order to recommend City Council
approval of the proposed amendments, the Planning Commission must find that the amendments
are necessary to carry out the general purpose of ESMC Title 15. The purpose of this Title (ESMC
§ 15 -1 -1) is to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare and to provide economic and
social advantages resulting from an orderly planned use of land resources. Planning staff believes
that the Planning Commission can make the findings in order to recommend City Council approval
of the proposed amendment. The findings are discussed in the proposed resolution.
Consistency with the El Segundo General Plan
ESMC § 15 -1 -1 (Purpose, Title) states that Title 15 is the primary tool for implementation of the
goals, objectives, and policies of the El Segundo General Plan. Accordingly, the Planning
Commission must find that the proposed Zone Text Amendment and Specific Plan Amendment is
consistent with those goals, objectives, and policies. Planning staff believes that the Planning
Commission can make the findings in order to recommend City Council approval of the proposed
amendment. The findings are discussed in the proposed resolution.
III. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW:
The proposed zone text amendment is exempt from review under the California Environmental
Quality Act (California Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA ") and the regulations
promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq., the "State CEQA
Guidelines ") because it consists only of minor revisions and clarifications to existing zoning
regulations and related procedures. It does not have the effect of deleting or substantially changing
any regulatory standards or findings required thereof. The proposed Ordinance is an action that
does not have the potential to cause significant impacts on the environment. The proposed
Ordinance would make minor changes to the Downtown Specific Plan, which was evaluated by
an adopted Mitigated Negative Declaration No. 474 on August 1, 2000. Furthermore, the proposed
7g I
Ordinance would make a minor change to the El Segundo Municipal Code which the City
determined to be consistent with the FEIR for the City of El Segundo General Plan on December
1, 1992. Accordingly, no further environmental review is required pursuant to 14 Cal. Code Regs.
§ 15168(c)(2).
IV. RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the Planning Commission adopt Resolution No. 2802 recommending that
the City Council approve Environmental Assessment No. EA -1057, Zone, Specific Plan
Amendment No. SPA 14 -01, and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 16 -03.
PAPlanning & Building Safety \0 Planning - Old \PROJECTS (Planning) \1051- 1075\EA -1057 (Downtown
Code)\Planning Commission 08252016 \EA 1057 - PC Staff Report 08252016.docx
6 � . t
EL SEGUNDO PLANNING COMMSSION MEETING DATE: April 28, 2016
AGENDA STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Director's Report
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
Consideration and possible action regarding potential amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan
(DSP) relating to: (1) tinting or reflective glass on storefront windows; (2) signs for non - street
front uses; (3) building height limit along street -side property lines; (4) design review process of
projects relating to existing design review standards in the DSP; (5) parking requirements for Non -
Profit Museums in the DSP area; and/or (6) parking and the Parking -In -Lieu Fee Program in the
DSP and review and potential formulation of recommendations relating to parking issues in the
DSP. (Fiscal Impact: None)
RECOMA1ENDED PLANNING COMNUSSION ACTION: It is recommended that the Planning
Commission consider:
1. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding
Tinting or Reflective Glass on Storefront Windows; and/or
2. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding
Signs for Non -Street Front Uses; and/or
3. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Section VI (Development Standards)
regarding building height along street -side property lines; and/or
4. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Sections V (Administration) and VIII
(Design Standards) to establish a design review process and to define projects requiring design
review relating to existing design review standards in the DSP; and/or
5. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Section VII (Parking) regarding parking
requirements for Non - profit Museum uses; and/or
6. Discussing and formulating potential recommendations regarding the preparation of
amendments to parking standards in the DSP and/or the Parking In -Lieu Fee Program; and/or
7. Alternatively, discuss and take other possible action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. City Council staff report dated July 21, 2015
2. Downtown Subcommittee membership
3. Public parking lot sign re- branding examples
4. Parking options survey
ORIGINATED BY: Paul Samaras, Acting Planning Manager
REVIEWED BY: Sam Lee, Director of Planning and Building Safety.
APPROVED BY: Sam Lee, Director of Planning and Building Safety
2
3
INTRODUCTION:
The purpose of this report is to: (1) present to the Planning Commission the recommendations and
feedback from the Downtown Subcommittee and (2) obtain the Planning Commission's feedback
on potential amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan.
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
Background
On June 11, 2015, staff requested input from the Planning Commission on the six potential
amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan listed above. The Planning Commission gave
staff input on each of the potential amendments, which was subsequently presented to the
City Council for consideration (see attached City Council Report). On July 21, 2015, the
City Council reviewed the Planning Commission's and staff's recommendations and
appointed a subcommittee to further study the potential amendments to the Downtown
Specific Plan.
The subcommittee met five times:
November 2, 2015
November 30, 2015
December 14, 2015
January 25, 2016
February 29, 2016
The following discussion includes: a) a description of each potential amendment, b) the
Planning Commission's initial recommendations on each potential amendment, and c) the
subcommittee's input and recommendations on each of the potential amendments.
Discussion
1. Tinted or Reflective Glass on Storefront Window in the Downtown Specific Plan
(DSP) Area
Description
Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Section VIII (Design Standards) states that "storefront
windows shall be clear glass, neither tinted nor reflective." The intent of this and other
fagade- related provisions, as stated in DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) is to provide
transparency between the street and store interiors, which helps to maintain the pedestrian-
friendly character of the downtown. The Downtown Specific Plan allows the use of street
trees, awnings, and arbors to provide shade for storefronts and to reduce glare caused by
direct sunlight exposure.
Staff recommendation: Consider modifying or removing the restriction on
the use of tinted glass on storefront windows (as
required in DSP § VIII(A)(4)(a)(i)(bb)(ii)(cc) and
(dd)).
4
Planning Commission In favor of relaxing or eliminating the window
recommendation: tinting restriction and giving the Planning and
Building Safety Director more discretion on the
issue, but not in favor of relaxing or eliminating the
restriction on reflective glass on windows.
Downtown Subcommittee Agreed on a 50% minimum transparency level,
recommendation: with storefront windows that are less transparent
approved through an administrative adjustment
process by the Director of Planning and Building
Safety.
2. Additional Signs for Non -Street Front Uses in the DSP Area
Description
DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) states that "Perpendicular/Pedestrian signage may be
used for non - street fronting businesses and shall be no more than nine square feet." In
addition, DSP Section VIII allows "a maximum of two square feet of lettered/logo and/or
icon painted directly onto the entrance (without a background)" The signs permitted for
non - street front businesses are part of an overall limit of 25 square feet per lot. The intent
of these and other sign- related provisions in the DSP is to allow for attractive signs in scale
with existing buildings that preserve the pedestrian- friendly character of the downtown and
serve as invitations for people to enter and-patronize stores and restaurants.
Staff recommendation: Consider amending the DSP to address these
challenges for non -street front uses that have
limited opportunities for signage.
Planning Commission In favor of allowing additional, but limited signage
recommendation: on non - street fronting building elevations. It
directed staff to set a specific limit that would be
proportionate with the size and scale of the
buildings and the size limits of signage allowed in
the DSP, but to allow flexibility for the Planning
Commission to review and approved signage that
exceeds those limits.
Downtown Subcommittee Agreed to allow one directory sign on the side of
recommendation: the building not facing the street. The sign size
would be based on the length of the building along
the street side (frontage).
3. Building height limit and setback requirement along street -side property lines in the
DSP Area
Desgdption
S1:n
J
4
DSP Section VI (Development Standards) states that "To the extent a building exceeds 30
feet in height, the front portion of the building that exceeds 30 feet in height must be setback
25 feet from the front property line." This requirement was added to the Specific Plan's
development standards in 2006 to address a concern about the height and mass of buildings
along street frontages (especially Main Street) and the potential "canyonization effect' ' of
three -story buildings that do not have a minimum required setback on the third floor. The
intent of this provision is to maintain lower building heights and a more pedestrian scale
of development along the street. In addition, this height limitation and setback requirement
is consistent with the existing development along Main Street and Richmond Street, where
buildings located adjacent to the street are primarily single - story.
Staff recommendation: Consider amending the DSP to make one of the
following changes to clarify this issue: 1) to
specifically state that the same standard applies to
buildings and structures along street - facing side
property lines as is applied to front setbacks; or 2)
to apply a modified standard that is either more or
less restrictive for building frontages along street -
facing side property lines than for front property
lines in the DSP with clarification as to which the
Commission recommends.
Planning Commission In favor of establishing an additional setback for
recommendation: buildings exceeding 30 feet in height along street -
facing side property lines particularly since most
lots in the Downtown are small and narrow. The
Commission expressed concern that such a standard
would reduce the property rights and value of
corner lots in the DSP however they did request
more information regarding this issue and lot sizes.
Downtown Subcommittee Agreed that the 25 -foot step -back requirement
recommendation: should apply only to the front setback.
4. Design review process in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Area
Description
Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Section VIII (Design Standards) regulates the design of
development of both public and private property. The provisions regarding public property
affect street configuration, street parking, alley treatments, public sidewalks, paving,
fagade design, lighting, and signage. In addition, in 2008, the City Council adopted an
Architectural/Design Review fee (Resolution 4574, October 21, 2008) to pay for the cost
reviewing individual projects for consistency with the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP)
Design Standards. However, the Downtown Specific Plan did not e0stablish a Design
Review process to property implement these standards.
4 ti ��
Staff recommendation: Consider amending the DSP as follows: 1) to
establish a ministerial, an administrative, and/or a
Planning Commission -level process for design
review; and 2) to determine the types of projects
that require either level of design review to
implement the existing DSP design standards.
Planning Commission In favor of establishing a more defined design
recommendation: review process and clearly defining which project
types that would require each type of review.
Downtown Subcommittee Agreed to setting thresholds for projects that
recommendation: would require ministerial, administrative, and /or
Planning Commission review.
5. Parking for Non - profit Museum Uses in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Area
Description
Properties in the downtown are generally comprised of small substandard lots (commonly
3,125 square feet in size) and many of those properties have little or no parking on site.
Additionally, providing parking on site frequently is not feasible because lots are typically
too narrow (25 feet in width) to provide sufficient stall length and aisle width to allow
vehicle back up and maneuvering. Non -profit museums provide a public benefit to the
community in that they provide the community access to art and other educational exhibits.
In addition, museums are destination uses that attract visitors to the Downtown who
typically visit other retail and restaurant uses on the same trip and help support the business
community in the Downtown. Museums frequently operate on a more limited schedule
than typical businesses and operate during off peak hours such as evenings and weekends
when some Downtown uses such as general offices and medical /dental offices are closed.
This makes it likely that more street parking is available.
Currently, the City has one museum in the Downtown, the El Segundo Museum of Art
( ESMOA). Based upon the size of the museum, nine (9) parking spaces are required in the
DSP parking standards. ESMOA cannot provide the parking spaces on site. The museum
arranged for the use of nine (9) parking spaces in the Chevron surface parking lots located
on the 100 block of Main Street just north of El Segundo Boulevard (southeast corner)
during nights and weekends when ESMOA is open to the public and conducts events.
However this does not meet the City's requirements for the parking spaces to be available
at all times and such off -site parking requires a parking covenant. The museum is not open
to the general public during weekdays except by special appointment and has a small staff
that does not work extensive hours. As a result, ESMOA does not compete with other
office uses for street parking and has limited need to provide parking except for weekends
and special events conducted limitedly on Friday nights and weekends. Staff believes that
the actual parking demand could be met through a combination of changes to the parking
requirements for Non - Profit Museums in the DSP.
5 t-
4
Staff recommendation: Consider amending the DSP: 1) to modify or
eliminate the parking requirements for Non -Profit
Museums in the manner described above; and/or 2)
to amend the Parking In -Lieu Fee Program to allow
the waiver of some or all of the fees.
Planning Commission Not in favor of waiving/discounting the parking in-
recommendation: lieu fees or of eliminating the parking requirements
for nonprofit museums. The Planning Commission
had concerns regarding reducing parking
requirements, but did express support for the
possibility of allowing a tailored parking program
that could include the use of valet parking and off -
site parking such as at Chevron (without a parking
covenant) for large events and possibly a parking
reduction during hours the museum is not
conducting large events based upon analysis
through a parking demand study.
Downtown Subcommittee Agreed to an amendment to the Downtown Specific
recommendation: Plan to eliminate parking requirements for non-
profit museums similar to ESMoA, subject to
operational restrictions. The amendment should
also take into account the impacts to future
occupants.
6. Parking and the Parking In -Lieu Fee Program in the Downtown Specific Plan
(DSP) Area
Description
The Parking In -Lieu Fee Program is intended to allow property owners to pay a fee instead
of providing additional parking for new construction or additions to existing buildings.
The current fee is set at $17,500 per parking space. The intent of the program is to
encourage expansion of existing businesses, the attraction of new businesses, and the
physical improvement of properties in the downtown area. The Parking In -Lieu Fee
Program was added in 2003 to the DSP to supplement existing parking incentives contained
in the Specific Plan. In the last few years, as more businesses /properties have taken
advantage of the DSP parking incentives, other businesses, residents, and the Planning
Commission have expressed concerns regarding the lack of parking in the downtown area.
Staff recommendation: Consider building upon the existing parking
management plan, which is part of the DSP, and
expand it to pursue additional options for increasing
the parking supply and/or managing the parking
demand in the downtown area. The options may
range from amending existing DSP regulations
6 `,7
4
regarding parking to making physical improvements.
Accordingly,:
a. Discuss and formulate recommendations
regarding the preparation of amendments to
parking standards in the DSP and/or the Parking
In -Lieu Fee Program as a collective body;
b. Appoint a subcommittee to discuss and
formulate recommendations regarding the
preparation of such amendments, subject to City
Council direction;
c. Not recommend any changes to the parking
standards in the DSP and the Parking In -Lieu
Fee Program; and/or
d. Take an alternative action.
Planning Commission In favor of pursing amendments to the parking
recommendation: standards in the Downtown Specific Plan and the
Parking In -Lieu Fee Program. Additionally, the
Planning Commission expressed an interest in
forming a subcommittee to work with staff on these
issues.
Downtown Subcommittee recommendation:
The Downtown Subcommittee held discussions regarding parking at three of its meetings.
Below is a list of some of the topics discussed and areas of agreement:
a. The parking problem in the Downtown is primarily one of management of existing
parking, rather than a lack of supply. So, the City should focus on managing the
existing supply of parking, which includes several surface public parking lots and a
parking structure.
b. The City should prioritize the implementation of the Master Bicycle Plan goals for the
Downtown area. This will encourage more bicycle traffic instead of vehicular traffic.
c. Focus on enforcement of restrictions for on- street parking.
d. Promote and improve visibility of the public parking lot at the northeast corner of Main
Street and Grand Avenue.
e. Improve signage for public parking lots and particularly for the parking structure. The
signage for the structure is confusing in that it appears to reserve parking only for the
99 -cent store.
A member of the subcommittee who works in design/advertising volunteered some time to
prepare examples of new signage/branding for the public parking lots in the downtown
area. The examples are attached to this report.
Other suggestions for improving parking were to:
a. Allow more residential uses in the Downtown Specific Plan area (currently one unit
(above commercial uses) per lot is permitted).
b. Extend restriping efforts to more streets (angled parking).
7 5
4
c. Extend restriping efforts to more streets (convert streets to one -way traffic)
d. Consider eliminating the Parking In -Lieu Fee Program north of Grand Avenue.
e. Utilize the Chevron parking lots along El Segundo Boulevard.
f. Review and expand the use of the downtown shuttle.
g. Reduce parking incentives for certain uses, such as medical offices.
h. Make the employee parking lot at the corner of Main Street and Grand Avenue
available to the public at all times. Currently it is reserved for employee parking on
weekdays during working hours.
i. Research and evaluate the use of metered on- street parking.
j. Devote more resources to enforcing current on- street parking restrictions.
k. Establish a Business Improvement District (BID) to help pay for parking improvements
and/or enforcement.
At the conclusion of the subcommittee's work, staff prepared a survey of parking
improvement options and asked the subcommittee members to complete the survey.
Although the survey response rates were low, there was agreement on some of the
suggested improvement options, including the following:
a. Encourage ridesharing, carpooling, use of alternative transport, and other demand
reduction measures.
b. Allow and facilitate shared parking or off -site parking arrangements.
c. Study and implement valet services (valet permits).
d. Restripe more public parking lots to increase the number of parking spaces the lots can
accommodate.
e. Add more bicycle parking in the Downtown Specific Plan area (on public property).
f. Prioritize Implementation of the approved Bicycle Master Plan in the Downtown area
(Bike routes, striping, signage, etc.).
g. Promote public parking lots through signage, maps, internet, etc.
h. Study and expand shuttle service.
The survey included several other options to reduce the parking demand, increase the
parking supply, and to manage the existing parking supply. A copy of the parking options
survey is attached to this report.
Conclusion
Staff believes that there is substantial agreement regarding the first five topics discussed in
this report. Staff is in the process of drafting an Ordinance to address the first five of the
topics discussed in this report where there is agreement between the Planning
Commission's and the Downtown Subcommittee's recommendations.
Staff received valuable input from the Downtown Subcommittee on the parking issue and
the Parking In -lieu Fee Program. However, further study will be required to evaluate and
prioritize some of the parking solutions proposed by the Downtown subcommittee.
8
4
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the Planning Commission direct staff to: a) continue its work and
prepare amendments to the DSP regarding the first five topics discussed above and b) study
the parking solutions proposed by the Downtown subcommittee and present specific
options and priorities to the Planning Commission for consideration at a future date.
P:1Planning & Building Safetyl0 Planning - OMPROJECTS (Plsnning)11051- 1075\EA -1057 (Downtown
Code)1Planning Commission Info Item 042820161EA 1057 - Planning Commission Report (Info item) 4- 28- 16.docx
9
k} t
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA STATEMENT
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
MEETING DATE: July 21, 2015
AGENDA HEADING: New Business
Consideration and possible action regarding potential amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan
(DSP) regarding: (1) tinting or reflective glass on storefront windows; (2) signs for non -street front
uses; (3) building height limit along street -side property lines; (4) design review process of projects
relating to existing design review standards in the DSP; (5) parking requirements for Non -Profit
Museums in the DSP area; and /or (6) parking and the Parking -In -Lieu Fee Program in the DSP
and review and potential formulation of recommendations relating to parking issues in the DSP.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION: It is recommended that the City Council consider:
1. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding
Tinting or Reflective Glass on Storefront Windows; and /or
2. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) regarding
Signs for Non - Street Front Uses; and/or
3. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Section VI (Development Standards)
regarding building height along street -side property lines; and/or
4. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Sections V (Administration) and VIII
(Design Standards) to establish a design review process and to define projects requiring design
review relating to existing design review standards in the DSP; and/or
5. Directing staff to prepare an amendment to the DSP Section VII (Parking) regarding parking
requirements for Non -profit Museum uses; and /or
6. Establishing a subcommittee to formulate potential recommendations regarding the
preparation of amendments to parking standards in the DSP and/or the Parking In -Lieu Fee
Program; and/or
7. Alternatively, discuss and take other possible action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Excerpts from the Downtown Specific Plan.
FISCAL IMPACT: N/A
Amount Budgeted: N/A
Additional Appropriation: N/A
Account Number(s): N/A
ORIGINATED BY: Kimberly Christensen, AICP, Planning Manager ;
REVIEWED BY: Sara Lee, Director of Planning and, Building Safety
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager
EXHIBIT 1
is
obi
135
4
INTRODUCTION:
The purpose of the following report is two -fold: (1) to bring several matters regarding the DSP to
the City Council's attention and for possible action and (2) per the Planning Commission's
direction, to present information regarding parking in the downtown and options for the City
Council's consideration.
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
I. Bhcic round and Discussion
A. Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Background
History and Intent. The Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) was established on August 1, 2000 with
the adoption of Ordinance No. 1319. The DSP was the culmination of a multi-year visioning effort
to help revitalize the downtown area. The effort was led by a Downtown Task Force of community
and business leaders appointed by the City Council. The Task Force developed a Vision Statement
and a Downtown Philosophy and Concept, which were incorporated in the adopted Specific Plan
(see attached excerpts). The two statements emphasize improving the physical appearance of the
downtown area, maintaining and enhancing "village" and pedestrian character, carefully
considering the preferred mix of uses (retail, office, and residential) and strategically using key
parcels in the downtown area.
Amendments. Since its adoption, the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) has been amended several
times and those amendments are summarized in the following table.
Ordinance / Resolution
Adoption Date
Description
Number
Ordinance No. 1336
May 15, 2001
To allow tenant/business
owner residential uses above
the street -front level.
Resolution No. 4339
November 5, 2003
To establish a parking in -lieu
fee of $17,500 per space.
Ordinance No. 1368
November 18, 2003
To add a parking in -lieu fee
program for additions to
existing buildings or
construction of new
buildings,
Resolution No. 4347
December 2, 2003
To set a temporary parking
in -lieu fee of $2,500 per
space for a period of six
months and $17,500
thereafter.
Resolution No. 4382
July 20, 2004
To set a temporary parking
in -lieu fee of $12,500 per
space for a period of one (1)
year and $17,500 thereafter.
2
136 C
4
Ordinance No. 1387
November 15, 2005
The expansion of the DSP to
include properties in the 200
block of West Grand Avenue.
Ordinance No. 1400
October 3, 2006
To modify building front
setback restrictions for the
portion of buildings
exceedin 30 feet in height.
Resolution No. 4599
June 2, 2009
To allow the payment of in-
lieu fees over a period of time
not to exceed twenty (20)
ears (a ent plan).
Ordinance No. 1429
June 2, 2009
To incorporate provisions for
temporary and permanent
outdoor uses and establish
procedures for making
parkin in -lieu pa Ments.
Ordinance No. 1447
October 5, 2010
To amend the permitted and
conditionally permitted uses
to allow Assembly Hall uses
as conditionally permitted
uses.
B. Potential Amendments to the DSP
1. Tinted or Reflective Glass on Storefront Window in the Downtown Specific Plan
(DSP) Area
Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Section VIII (Design Standards) states that "storefront
windows shall be clear glass, neither tinted nor reflective." The intent of this and other
fagade- related provisions, as stated in DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) is to provide
transparency between the street and store interiors, which helps to maintain the pedestrian-
friendly character of the downtown. The Downtown Specific Plan allows the use of street
trees, awnings, and arbors to provide shade for storefronts and to reduce glare caused by
direct sunlight exposure.
Staff recommends modifying or removing the restriction on the use of tinted glass on
storefront windows (as required in DSP § VIII(A)(4)(a)(i)(bb)(ii)(cc) and (dd)). Many
businesses use tinted glass to reduce sunlight and glare impacts that affect the interior of
their businesses. In some cases, businesses are on streets with an orientation that exposes
them to direct sunlight virtually the entire day which can present a variety of operational
impacts. Alternative solutions such as the use of awnings and landscaping to help address
light and glare issues may not always solve the entire problem and can also inhibit the
ability to install signs that have sufficient visibility. Most businesses in the downtown are
on small lots with limited street frontage (typically 25 feet wide) for signage opportunities.
Additionally, tinted glass may also be used as an integral element of the architectural design
that can add visual interest to a building.
137
4
Staff believes that the use of lightly tinted or colored glass can reduce sunlight and glare
impacts and still achieve the intended result of allowing pedestrians to see into businesses.
In addition, tinted and/or colored glass can better meet the energy efficiency requirements
of the 2013 California Energy Code (Table 140.3 -C regarding U factors and solar heat gain
coefficients). Furthermore, the use of tinted and /or colored glass helps to reduce the energy
needs of commercial businesses, particularly air conditioning costs, is consistent with the
General Plan Air Quality Element Goal AQ12 "Reduction in Residential, Commercial, and
Industrial Energy Consumption" and is consistent with Air Quality Element Policy AQ12-
1.2 which states "It is the policy of the City of El Segundo that the City encourage the
incorporation of energy conservation features in the design of new projects and the
installation of conservation devices in existing developments." Staff believes that
modifying the language to allow this change and/or to allow the change subject to review
and approval by the Planning and Building Safety Director is reasonable. Alternatively, if
the Council feels that the use of tinted glass is no longer of significant concern, the
restriction can be eliminated entirely.
Planning Commission Disci:ssion. The Planning Commission was in favor of relaxing
or eliminating the window tinting restriction and giving the Planning and Building Safety
Director more discretion on the issue. The Planning Commission was not in favor of
relaxing or eliminating the restriction on reflective glass on windows.
2. Additional Signs for Non -Street Front Uses in the DSP Area
DSP Section VIII (Design Standards) states that "Perpendicular/Pedestrian signage may be
used for non -street fronting businesses and shall be no more than nine square feet." In
addition, DSP Section VIII allows "a maximum of two square feet of lettered/logo and/or
icon painted directly onto the entrance (without a background)." The signs permitted for
non - street front businesses are part of an overall limit of 25 square feet per lot. The intent
of these and other sign - related provisions in the DSP is to allow for attractive signs in scale
with existing buildings that preserve the pedestrian- friendly character of the downtown and
serve as invitations for people to enter and patronize stores and restaurants.
Several business owners have recently expressed their concern that the permitted signs for
non -street front uses cannot adequately advertise their business and attract patrons for the
following reasons: 1) there are other existing signs or obstructions (trees, awnings, etc.)
that would limit the visibility of a perpendicular sign; 2) a building may have already used
the maximum permitted sign area (25 square feet), which would prevent the addition of
new signs; 3) some businesses may not have any external building frontage; and 4) some
multi -tenant buildings do not have side entrances, which eliminates the second option
(discussed above) for signs over a side entrance. Consequently, several business owners
have requested that the City consider permitting more sign types and a higher maximum
area permitted for signs on non - street front uses. Staff recommends that the City Council
consider an amendment to the DSP to address these challenges for non -street front uses
that have limited opportunities for signage.
Planning- Coil] niissio:l Discuss ion. The Planning Commission was in favor of allowing
additional, but limited signage on non- street fronting building elevations. It directed staff
to set a specific limit that would be proportionate with the size and scale of the buildings
4
138
4
and the size limits of signage allowed in the DSP, but to allow flexibility for the Planning
Commission to review and approved signage that exceeds those limits.
3. Building height limit and setback requirement along street -side property lines in the
DSP Area
DSP Section VI (Development Standards) states that "To the extent a building exceeds 30
feet in height, the front portion of the building that exceeds 30 feet in height must be setback
25 feet from the front property line." This requirement was added to the Specific Plan's
development standards in 2006 to address a concern about the height and mass of buildings
along street frontages (especially Main Street) and the potential "canyonization effect" of
three -story buildings that do not have a minimum required setback on the third floor. The
intent of this provision is to maintain lower building heights and a more pedestrian scale
of development along the street. In addition, this height limitation and setback requirement
is consistent with the existing development along Main Street and Richmond Street, where
buildings located adjacent to the street are primarily single -story.
Staff has recently received inquiries from property owners for the development of corner
properties with frontage on two intersecting streets. Based on the current DSP
Development Standards, the height restriction and setback requirement discussed above
applies only to front property line. Staff is concerned that the 2006 amendment did not
address the intent for street- facing side property lines as to whether these street- facing side
setbacks for buildings and structures should be the same or different than front setbacks for
buildings and structures. Therefore, staff suggests that the City Council consider an
amendment to the DSP to make one of the following changes to clarify this issue: 1) to
specifically state that the same standard is applied to buildings and structures along street -
facing side property lines as is applied to front setbacks; or 2) to apply a modified standard
that is either more or less restrictive for building frontages along street- facing side property
lines than for front property lines in the DSP with clarification as to which the Council
recommends.
Plaa'11in ; C;omInission 1)iscussion. The Planning Commission was generally not in favor
of establishing an additional setback for buildings exceeding 30 feet in height along street -
facing side property lines particularly since most lots in the Downtown are small and
narrow. The Commission expressed concern that such a standard would reduce the
property rights and value of corner lots in the DSP however they did request more
information regarding this issue and lot sizes.
4. Design review process in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Area
Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Section VIII (Design Standards) regulates the design of
development of both public and private property. The provisions regarding public property
affect street configuration, street parking, alley treatments, public sidewalks, paving,
fagade design, lighting, and signage. In addition, in 2008, the City Council adopted an
Architectural/Design Review fee (Resolution 4574, October 21, 2008) to pay for the cost
reviewing individual projects for consistency with the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP)
Design Standards. However, the Downtown Specific Plan did not establish a Design
Review process to property implement these standards.
139
4
Staff recommends that the City Council consider an amendment to the DSP as follows: 1)
to establish a ministerial, an administrative, and/or a Planning Commission -level process
for design review; and 2) to determine the types of projects that require either level of
design review to implement the existing DSP design standards.
Plaim ragCoAlimissionDiselission. ThePlanningCommissionwasinfavorofestablishing
a more defined design review process and clearly defining which project types that would
require each type of review.
5. Parking for Non -profit Museum Uses in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Area
Properties in the downtown are generally comprised of small substandard lots (commonly
3,125 square feet in size) and many of those properties have little or no parking on site.
Additionally, providing parking on site frequently is not feasible because lots are typically
too narrow (25 feet in width) to provide sufficient stall length and aisle width to allow
vehicle back up and maneuvering. Non - profit museums provide a public benefit to the
community in that they provide the community access to art and other educational exhibits.
In addition, museums are destination uses that attract visitors to the Downtown who
typically visit other retail and restaurant uses on the same trip and help support the business
community in the Downtown. Museums frequently operate on a more limited schedule
than typical businesses and operate during off peak hours such as evenings and weekends
when some Downtown uses such as general offices and medical /dental offices are closed.
This makes it Iikely that more street parking is available.
Currently, the City has one museum in the Downtown, the El Segundo Museum of Art
( ESMOA). Based upon the size of the museum, nine (9) parking spaces are required in the
DSP parking standards. ESMOA cannot provide the parking spaces on site. The museum
arranged for the use of nine (9) parking spaces in the Chevron surface parking lots located
on the 100 block of Main Street just north of El Segundo Boulevard (southeast corner)
during nights and weekends when ESMOA is open to the public and conducts events.
However this does not meet the City's requirements for the parking spaces to be available
at all times and such off -site parking requires a parking covenant. The museum is not open
to the general public during weekdays except by special appointment and has a small staff
that does not work extensive hours. As a result, ESMOA does not compete with other
office uses for street parking and has limited need to provide parking except for weekends
and special events conducted limitedly on Friday nights and weekends. Staff believes that
the actual parking demand could be met through a combination of changes to the parking
requirements for Non -Profit Museums in the DSP.
The City Council could consider an amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP)
Section VII regarding parking for Non -Profit Museums to: reduce the number of parking
spaces required for Non -Profit Museums (with or without a Parking Demand Study);
and/or allow off -site parking at the Chevron lot or similar property for a limited number of
evening and/or weekend events per year without the requirement of a parking covenant
(Staff recommends a maximum of 12 events); and /or allow the use of the Parking In -Lieu
Fee Program to meet the parking requirements but waive the payment of the Parking In-
6
140
4
Lieu Fee for the Non - Profit Museum; or eliminate parking requirements for Non -Profit
Museums.
Due to the unique operation and limited hours of the museum, the public benefit provided,
and the availability of public parking to meet the needs of the museum, staff recommends
that the City Council consider an amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP)
Section VII (Parking) to modify the parking requirements for Non- Profit Museums in the
manner described above and/or to amend the Parking In -Lieu Fee Program to allow the
waiver of some or all of the fees. Greater detail regarding the general DSP parking
requirements and Parking In -Lieu Fee Program are outlined in Item No. 6 below.
Planning Commission Discussion. The Planning Commission was not in favor of
waiving/discounting the parking in -lieu fees or of eliminating the parking requirements for
nonprofit museums. The Planning Commission had some concerns regarding reducing
parking requirements as well but did express support for the possibility of allowing a
tailored parking program that could include the use of valet parking and off -site parking
such as at Chevron (without a parking covenant) for large events and possibly a parking
reduction during hours the museum is not conducting large events based upon analysis
through a parking demand study
6. Parking In -Lieu Fee Program in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Area
The Parking In -Lieu Fee Program is intended to allow property owners to pay a fee instead
of providing additional parking for new construction or additions to existing buildings.
The current fee is set at $17,500 per parking space. The intent of the program is to
encourage expansion of existing businesses, the attraction of new businesses, and the
physical improvement of properties in the downtown area. The Parking In -Lieu Fee
Program was added in 2003 to the Downtown Specific Plan to supplement existing parking
incentives contained in the Specific Plan. Those existing incentives are summarized below:
a) Residential uses. No additional parking for tenant/business owner- occupied
residential units above commercial uses.
b) Restaurants and outdoor dining areas. No parking is required for restaurants less
than 500 square feet in size, which do not provide sit -down eating accommodations
(take -out), or for outdoor uses including dining and gathering areas, up to 200
square feet.
c) Existing Buildings with Permitted Uses. Existing uses in an existing building may
change to any other use enumerated in the Permitted Uses section of the applicable
Specific Plan District without providing additional on -site parking spaces.
d) Parking Demand Study. The Director of Planning and Building Safety may modify
the required number of parking spaces or approve joint use or off -site parking, for
fewer than 10 spaces, based on the submittal of a parking demand study.
Reductions of 10 or more spaces require Planning Commission approval. (Section
VII — Parking)
e) Historic Preservation. Additions to commercial structures identified as Historically
Significant (DSP Exhibit 7) may add up to 50 percent of the existing floor area, not
to exceed 500 square feet, without providing additional parking (See attached DSP
excerpts).
7
141
4
C. Information regarding Parking and available Options.
In the last few years, as more businesses /properties have taken advantage of the DSP parking
incentives, other businesses, residents, and the Planning Commission have expressed concerns
regarding the lack of parking in the downtown area. In 2014, the Planning Commission directed
staff to relay these concerns to the City Council, which staff did. In a recent Planning Commission
meeting, the Commission expressed concern again about these issues and directed staff to present
information regarding parking in the downtown at a subsequent meeting.
In response to the Planning Commission's direction, staff presented the history and intent of the
DSP which is described earlier in this report, including some of the parking- related incentives in
Section VII (Parking) of the DSP. In addition to these incentives, Section IX (Implementation and
Financing) outlined the elements of a parking management plan for the Downtown Specific Plan
area. The DSP anticipated that as the area is revitalized over time that the parking demand would
increase and put a strain on the available supply. The proposed parking management plan
contained short-term, medium term, and long term options, which are summarized in the table
below:
O tions Pursuant to Parking Management Plan
Short-term
. Create Visitor Parking Information
• Implement a Shared Use Parking Program
a Establish Baseline Parking Ratios for the Downtown as a
Whole and Monitor over Time
a Enhance Directional Signage
Medium -term
b Implement Trial Period Shared Valet Parking Program
During Peak Season
Add Angled On- street Parking_
Long -term
a Install Parking Meters to Manage Parking Turnover and
Raise Revenues for Parking Improvements
a While Implementing Parking Management Strategies,
Continue to Investigate Costs and Feasibility of Added
Parlcii�
The options listed above are discussed in detail in Section IX (Implementation and Financing) of
the DSP. The City has not fully implemented a parking management plan as outlined in the DSP.
However, it has taken steps to implement some of the options, such as the addition of on- street
parking on Richmond Street and a related study to add more on- street parking in or around the
downtown area.
8
142
4
Staff believes that the City can build upon the parking management plan which is part of the DSP
and expand it to pursue additional options for increasing the parking supply and/or managing the
parking demand in the downtown area. The options may range from amending existing DSP
regulations regarding parking to making physical improvements. Accordingly, the City Council
may take one or more of the following options:
1. Discuss and formulate recommendations regarding the preparation of amendments to
parking standards in the Downtown Specific Plan and/or the Parking In -Lieu Fee Program
as a collective body;
2. Appoint a subcommittee to work with staff to discuss and formulate recommendations
regarding the preparation of such amendments,;
3. Not recommend any changes to the parking standards in the DSP and the Parking In -Lieu
Fee Program; and /or
4. Take alternative action.
Planning Commission Discussion. The Planning Commission is in favor of pursing amendments
to the parking standards in the Downtown Specific Plan and the Parking In -Lieu Fee Program.
Additionally, the Planning Commission expressed an interest in forming a subcommittee to work
with staff on these issues.
, Historically, subcommittees have always been approved and appointed by the City Council. If
the City Council chooses to form a subcommittee, the subcommittee will work with staff on these
issues and report back to the entire Commission and the City Council at a future date.
II. Conclusion and Recommendation
The Planning and Building Safety Department recommends that the Council consider directing
staff to prepare several amendments to the DSP pursuant to Planning Commission's
recommendations including: 1) Tinting Glass on Storefront Windows; and/or 2) Signs for Non -
Street Front Uses; and/or 3) building height along street -side property lines; and/or 4) establishing
a design review process and defining which types of projects require design review; and/or 5)
parking requirements for Non - profit Museum uses; and/or 6) to appoint a subcommittee to
formulate potential recommendations regarding the preparation of amendments to parking
standards in the DSP and/or the Parking In -Lieu Fee Program; and/or 7) alternatively, discuss and
take other possible action related to this item.
PAI'lanning & Building Safety \0 Planning - Old\PROJECTS (Planning) \1051- 1075\EA- 1057\City Council Info Item
072120151EA 1057 - CC Info Item Report 07212015.final.docx
;J I
143
4
I. INTRODUCTION
A. Specific Plan Project Description
The proposed project is a Specific Plan for the Downtown area of El Segundo, The Plan
envisions a ten -year horizon for planning and development purposes. Although the Plan will
not "expire" in ten - years, it is anticipated that the goals of the Plan will be achieved within
the ten -year planning horizon, and that the Plan will be re- evaluated, updated and revised, If
necessary, after ten years. The project includes a General Plan Amendment (GPA 95 -2), a
Zone Change (ZC 99 -2) and a Zane Text Amendment (7-TA 99 -5). The Downtown Spedric
Plan encompasses the majority of the Downtown Commercial (C -RS) Zone, as well as the
Civic Center Complex, which is zoned Public Facilities (P -F). The Plan area is generally
located west of Sepulveda Boulevard and north of El Segundo Boulevard (Exhibits 1 -3). El
Segundo's Downtown is the heart of the community. Due to Its location within the
community and distance from regional arterials, Downtown remains a small, distinct district
approximately two blocks by five blocks in size.
Tile Plan area is currently developed with commercial, residential and public uses, and
future development Is anticipated to be similar in nature. The entire Specific Plan area is
approximately 26.3 acres In size. The majority of the lots within the Specific Plan area are
25 feet wide by 140 feet deep, 3500 square feet in area, although many of the lots have
been combined and developed under common ownership.
In general, the purpose of the Specific Plan is to provide the opportunity to implement the
Vision of the community for the Downtown; to enhance the quality small town environment
that the residents currently enjoy. The Plan provides this opportunity by the adoption of new
development standards, design regulations, and other criteria. The City Council initiated the
preparation of a Specific Plan in response to concerns and requests from the community to
enhance the Downtown environment that the residents value so highly.
The Specific Plan will provide land use and development standards for the area including,
but not limited to, standards for heights, setbacks, density, lot area, outdoor uses,
landscaping, parking, loading, circulation and signage. Design standards will also be
included within the Specific Plan to regulate site development, street configurations,
streetscape (sidewalks, street furniture, bus stops, bicycles), landscaping, lighting (street and
pedestrian, decorative and security), architecture and signage. The Specific Plan is divided
Into six Districts, each having distinct characteristics and standards. Two related projects,
which are currently separately underway, are the update of the City's Circulation and
Housing Elements.
The current and proposed development standards allow a commercial density or floor area
ratio (FAR) of 1.0:1. An example of a FAR or density of 1.0:1 is a 3,500 square foot lot
would allow a 3,500 square foot building. One strategic site, the City parking lot (17,500
square feet in area) on the northeast comer of Richmond Street and Franklin Avenue, In the
200 block of Richmond Street, is proposed to allow a 1.5:1 FAR. The Specific Plan area
currently has approximately 560,000 square feet of commercial uses. For this evaluation, a
ten -year horizon was used with an addition of 271,814 square feet of new commercial uses.
This is 24% of the maximum 1,123,848 square feet of total build -out allowed by the current
zoning and General Plan.
The current zoning allows a maximum of 276 dwelling units within the Plan area. This
equates to one unit per 25 foot wide lot (12.5 dwelling units per acre), not including the Civic
Center site. Currently there are approximately 87 residential units in the Plan area.
City of El Segundo
Downtown Specific Plan
Adopted: August 1, 2000
145 E ,+
4
The final Plan will not allow the development of any new residential units, although the
existing units may continue and may be rebuilt if accidentally destroyed.
Two locations for plazas have been identified. One is the existing plaza fronting Main Street
at the Civic Center and the other is located to the rear of the Pursell Building, (on the
northwest comer of Main Street and Grand Avenue), across the alley from the Grand
Avenue District (on the northeast comer of Richmond Street and Grand Avenue). Plazas
are Intensively used gathering places and serve as the hub for neighborhood activity. They
are designed to accommodate resting, eating, strolling and people watching. Plazas are
typically ringed by restaurants, galleries and other retail uses. Food service and goods from
portable retail carts or wagons are often available within plazas.
As part of a zone change adopted in September 2005, the western boundary of the
Downtown Specific Plan was expanded to include several properties on the north and south
sides of West Grand Avenue between the alley west of Richmond Street and Concord Street
to establish the new "West Grand Avenue Transitional District." The West Grand Avenue
Transitional District is added to encompass several properties that are similar in nature to
those within the Plan Area by moving the western boundary of the Plan Area to Concord
Street. (Ord. 1387, November 15, 2005)
City of El Segundo
Downtown Specific Plan
Adopted: August 1, 2000
146 6.1
4
EXHIBIT 1
REGIONAL LOCATION
No Scale
147
4
Project Are
:f
`sreu�
EXHIBIT 2
LOCAL VICINITY
Thomas Bros. Maps
h
2 �
—2 Mites �, E
5
148 ► 73
4
EXHIBIT 3
DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Vi
1 OWDAvg
Faot
0 1;;';0 300 400
MISIT 3
DOMTOwN sprza c PLAN
aw afro
(Ord. 1387, November 15, 2005)
M
149
{17
4
IF
I �� � ±^
^`.
..,- �
ter.. -,• �.
`_
M
149
{17
4
B. Specific Plan Boundary
The Plan area includes the 100 -500 blocks of Main Street, the 100 -300 blocks of Richmond
Street and the abutting property along Grand Avenue. The 200 block of West Grand Avenue
between Concord Street and the alley west of Richmond Street was incorporated into the
Specific Plan area in September 2005. The alleys to the east and west of Main and
Richmond Street form the perimeter boundaries of the Plan area, with the exception of the
300 block east side of Main Street as the Civic Center Complex extends east to Standard
Street. (Ord. 1387, November 15, 2005)
The Downtown Is divided by three principal streets -Main Street, Grand Avenue, and El
Segundo Boulevard. Additionally, three smaller streets - Franklin, Holly and Pine Avenues
cross the Plan area, running in an east-west direction. Each of the three principal streets
connects to major, region - serving arterials or freeways. El Segundo Boulevard, on the
southern boundary of the Plan area, runs in an east -west direction and connects to the 1-405
Freeway and to Sepulveda Boulevard. Grand Avenue, an east -west street, connects to
Sepulveda Boulevard on the east and the beach to the west. Main Street runs north and
south between El Segundo Boulevard and Imperial Highway, which borders Los Angeles
International Airport (LAX). Main Street has an 80 -foot right -of -way with 12 -foot sidewalks
and 56 feet of paving, curb to curb. Richmond Street, which runs in a north -south direction
and is one block west of Main Street, has a 60 -foot right-of-way, with 10 -foot sidewalks and
40 feet of street, curb to curb. The 1 -105 Freeway is north of the Plan area, immediately north
of Imperial Highway.
Grand Avenue is one of only two City streets that connects to the beach. It is the principal
east -west street in Downtown El Segundo and crosses both Main and Richmond Streets.
The portion of Grand Avenue addressed in the Downtown Specific Plan is between Main and
Concord Streets. Beyond Concord Street, Grand Avenue crests the hill of an ancient sand
dune and disappears from view toward the ocean. Grand Avenue to the west of Concord
Street has recently been planted with Cajeput trees to provide a visual welcome to El
Segundo.
Grand Avenue is one of the widest streets In the City, having formerly been the early
alignment of one of the trolley cars that criss- crossed the region before falling victim to the
automobile. The right-of-way is 100 feet in width with 10 -foot sidewalks on both sides and an
18 -foot center median, including a 4 -foot median and 7 -foot wide parallel parking areas on
each side of the center island. Parallel parking is also provided on both curb lanes.
C. Specific Plan Vision
In November of 1998, a Downtown Task Force of community and business leaders
appointed by the City Council presented a 7 page summary report entitled "Developing a
Vision for Downtown El Segundo". In July, 1999, the City Council re- formed the Downtown
Task Force to develop a Specific Plan and Vision Statement for future development of the
Downtown area. The Downtown Task Force conducted numerous meetings, and at its final
meeting on February 22,2000 adopted a Specific Plan Concept Document including the
following Vision Statement. The Planning Commission reviewed the draft Specific Plan
Document, developed from the Task Force concepts, and in May, 2000 recommended
approval of the Specific Plan, including the following Vision Statement, to the City Council.
The following is the Vision Statement for the Downtown Specific Plan adopted by the Task
Force:
City of El Segundo 6 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
EM
Downtown Is the heart of El Segundo. It is the focal point for the community and one of the
cohesive elements that ties the community together. The Vision -for the Downtown is to:
• Provide a better balance of uses.
• Create a more thoughtful and creative use of public space.
• Organize creative and consistent programming of events and public activities.
• Create a consistent public- private partnership to market El Segundo 's assets to
investors and customers.
• Strengthen commitment to the strategic use of key parcels in the Downtown_
• Create more attractive landscaping and street Yumishings.
• Improve signage-
D. Downtown Philosophy and Concept
The Downtown l "ask Force also adopted the following Downtown philosophy and concept, as
part of the Specific Plan Concept document which was adopted on February 22, 2000:
• Service residents, local employees and visitors.
• Maintain a safe and secure environment.
• Maintain architectural and economic diversity with a mix of retail, office, service and
residential.
• Maintain and enhance pedestrian friendly environment.
• Enhance the "village" character.
• Enhance the "Midwest- feel" and the "Gaslamp" (San Diego) character.
• Consolidate retail to encourage synergy between businesses and to facilitate
pedestrian access.
• Shrink Downtown retail area if supported by market analysis, converting non -core
areas to a mix of offices and multi - family residential, to avoid the blight of vacancl es.
• Encourage a mixture of uses and "target' uses at strategic sites through financial
incentives and pro- active marketing and advertising.
• Encourage preservation of historically significant buildings on Richmond Street.
• Enhance Civic Center Plaza, as the focal point of Downtown.
• Continue to support and expand the farmers market.
• Use design review process to achieve aesthetic goals.
• Establish a Business Improvement District (B.I.D.) -300, 400 & 500 blocks Main
Street only.
E. Statutory Authority
California Government Code Sections 65450 through 65457 provide the necessary
authorization for the City of El Segundo to prepare and adopt this Specific Plan. Hearings are
required by both the Planning Commission and City Council, after which the Specific Plan
can be adopted by the Council either by resolution (as policy) or by ordinance (as
regulation). This document has been adopted by ordinance as a regulation. In addition to the
Pianning Commission and City Council public hearings, two Downtown Task Forces of
community residential and business representatives held numerous public meetings and
provided the groundwork for the Vision Statement and concepts of the Plan.
The Downtown Specific Plan is a regulatory plan which will serve as zoning law for
properties within the boundaries of the Plan. All proposed development plans or agreements,
tentative or parcel maps, and any other development approvals must be consistent with this
Specific Plan and with the General Plan.
City of El Segundo
Downtown Specific Plan
Adopted: August 1, 2000
1
151 703
4
The Downtown Specific Plan supersedes other regulations and ordinances of the City for the
control of land use and development within the Specific Plan boundaries. The Specific Plan
may be amended to further the systematic Implementation of the General Plan.
City of El Segundo 8 Adopted: August 9,2000
Downtown Specific Plan
152
4
VII. PARKING
1. Purpose -
The purpose of this section is to provide for adequate parking standards, to assure that
parking spaces shall be suitably maintained and available for the use of the occupants of
the site and to mitigate potential associated on- street parking and traffic circulation
problems throughout the Downtown and surrounding areas.
2. General Provisions -
a. No use or building shall be established, erected, enlarged or expanded unless parking
facilities are provided and maintained as required by this Section.
b. Parking facilities should be designed so that a car within a facility will not have to enter a
street to move from one location to any ether location within the same facility.
c. Bumpers or tire stops a minimum 6 inches in height shall be provided in all parking areas
abutting a building, structure, sidewalk, planting area, street or alley.
d. All tandem parking spaces, where allowed, shall be clearly outlined on the surface of the
parking facility.
e. Parking facilities in all Districts shall be designed in such a manner that any vehicle on
the property will be able to maneuver as necessary so that it may exit from the property
traveling in a forward direction. However, cars may exit onto an alley traveling in a
reverse direction.
f. Where the application of the following cumulative parking schedules results In a
fractional space of .5 or greater, the number of required parking spaces shall be rounded
up to the next whole number.
g. No vehicular use area, except driveway access to a property, for any residential use
shall be located, in whole or in part, In any required front yard or front two- thirds of any
required side yard.
h. No person, company or organization shall fall to maintain the facilities required to be
provided by this Section, or by any applicable provision of prior laws, variance, use
permit, or precise plan heretofore or hereafter granted by the Planning Commission or
City Council. No required parking shall be utilized in any manner so as to make It
unavailable for the occupants, their clients or visitors of a building or use during the hours
such Building or use Is normally occupied except for purposes of utilizing it for
Temporary Outdoor Retail Sale Events or Temporary Outdoor Dining In accordance with
the requirements of the DSP. This meaning shall not be construed to prohibit security
devices.
i. All permanent on -site parking, loading, or other vehicular use area shall be paved with
approved concrete or asphalted concrete. On -site parking areas to be used for no longer
than one year shall be surfaced and maintained with an impervious material acceptable
to the Dhector of Planning and Building Safety so as to eliminate dust and mud. All on-
site parking areas shall be graded and drained to dispose of all surface water in
accordance with the Uniform Building Code.
j. Any lights provided to Illuminate any parking area shall be arranged so as to direct the
light away from any residential dwelling unit.
City of El Segundo 51 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan Ordinance No. 1319
153
4
k. Temporary Use Parking. Outdoor Retail Sale Events and Temporary Outdoor Dining
are required to provide parking based upon the parking requirements set forth in the
DSP during the VITia period that such use is in operation. To the extent that the
Outdoor Retail Sale Events or Temporary Outdoor Dining is located on parking
spaces that are otherwise required for other uses located on the property, then in
addition to the Temporary Parking spaces required for the Outdoor Retail Events or
the Temporary Outdoor Dining the property owner or tenant is required to provide
parking spaced to replace the parking spaces that are being utilized for the Outdoor
Retail Sale Event or the Temporary Outdoor Dining. Parking requirements for
Temporary Outdoor Retail Sale Events and Temporary Outdoor Dining may be
fulfilled by providing sufficient on -site parking, parking through an offsite parting
covenant, or by obtaining parking space permits for the City Parking Garage, or any
combination of these three options. To utilize Temporary Outdoor Dining, the
property owner and tenant, if applicable, must execute an acknowledgement to be
recorded In the County Recorder's Office that the Temporary Outdoor Retail Sale
Event or Temporary Outdoor Dining use will cease if at any time the parking
requirements are not met, including in the event that parking space permits expire
and are not re- issued for the City Parking Garage.
(Ord. 1425, June 2 2009)
Parking Spaces Required -
The number of parking spaces required for the establishment of a building or use shall
be provided and thereafter maintained at the following ratios; provided, however, that for
any building or use enlarged or increased in capacity, additional parking facilities shall be
required only for such enlargement or increase. Additional parking facilities need not be
provided for enlargements or additions to existing residential units. Unless stated
otherwise, parking shall be based on net floor area defined in Section 20.08.420 of the El
Segundo Municipal Code.
a. Residential Uses:
i) Dwgliing units /Livetwork -No additional parking required. People who occupy the
residential units will be the ones working in the commercial units, therefore,
additional parking spaces would not be needed.
b. Nonresidential Uses:
i) Bed and Breakfast Hotels -1 space for each of the first 100 rooms; % space for
each of the next 100 rooms; and % space for each room above 200
rooms.
ii) Retail offices commercial. video arcade, and food -to -go uses -1 space for each
300 sq. ft. for the first 25,000 sq. ft.; 1 space for each 350 sq. ft. for the second
25,000 sq. ft.; 1 space for each 400 sq. ft. for the area in excess of 50,000 sq. ft.
No parking is required for outdoor retail uses including gathering areas (such as
outdoor party areas), newsstands, coffee carts and flower stands, up to 200
square feet in area.
City of El Segundo 52 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan Ordinance No. 1319 i
iii) Restaurants - 1 space for each 75 sq. ft. of dining area, including outdoor dining
areas exceeding 200 sq. ft, in area 1 space for each 250 square feet of non -
dining areas. No parking is required for restaurants less than 5001 sq. ft. which do
not provide sit-down eating accommodations, or for outdoor uses including dining
and gathering areas, up to 200 sq. ft. In area.
Iv) Bars - 1 space for each 75 sq. ft., including outdoor areas exceeding 200 sq; ft. in
area.
v) Medical /Dental offices and clinics -1 space for each 200 sq. ft.
vii) Schools - Daycare pre - school elementary middle scho_oi and junior high - 1
��_..
space for each classroom, plus 1 space for each employee.
viii) Schools -High school -7 spaces per classroom plus auditorium or stadium
parking requirements.
ix) Schools-Adult, colle a business and trade schools -I space for every 50 sq. ft.
of gross floor area or 1 space for every 3 fixed seats - whichever is greater.
X) Places of Public Assembly (including but not limited to theaters auditoriums
bare uet facilities, meeting roams clubs, lodges and mortuaries) -With fixed
seats -1 space for every 5 seats.* Without fixed seats -1 space for every 50 sq. ft,
of floor area used for assembly purposes.
* Based upon the Uniform Building Code, areas having fixed benches or pews
shall have 1 seat for each 18 inches of length. Dining areas shall have 1 seat
for each 24 inches of booth length, or major portion thereof.
b. Compact Parking:
Compact parking shall not be allowed, except parking spaces provided in excess of
the required number may be compact size.
c. Parking Reductions:
1) Parking Demand Study. The Director of Planning and Building Safety may modify
the required number of parking spaces or approve joint use or off site parking, for
fewer than 10 spaces, based on the submittal of a parking demand study.
Reductions of 10 or more spaces require Planning Commission approval.
Additionally, for any use far which the number of parking spaces Is not listed, the
Director of Planning and Building Safety or Planning Commission will specify the
required number of spaces based on a parking demand study. A parking demand
study must include, without limitation, information specifying the number of
employees, customers, visitors, clients, residents and owner - occupancy of
residence and business (for existing legal non - conforming residential uses),
shifts, deliveries, parking spaces, or other criteria established by the Director of
Planning and Building Safety. The study may also include the use of valet or
attendant parking.
ii) Parking In -Lieu Fees
City of El Segundo 53 Adopted: August 1, 2000 i
Downtown Specific Plan Ordlnance Flo. 1319
a. The number of parking spaces required by this chapter due to the addition of
area to an existing building or the construction of a new building may be
reduced by the payment of a parking in -lieu fee established by the City Council
resolution from time to time.
b. Any residential unit constructed after the adoption of this program, which is
subsequently converted to a non- residential use is required to provide
parking as required by this chapter for such use or pay a parking in -lieu fee
for the floor area converted to the non - residential use.
c. Except as otherwise provided, the parking in -lieu fee must be paid before the
City issues Certificate of Occupancy. Funds collected by the City from such
payment must be deposited in a special fund and used only by the City to
acquire and or develop additional parking and related facilities which are
determined by the City Council to be necessary to serve the downtown.
Funds paid to the City for in -lieu parking are non - refundable.
d. For good cause shown, as reasonably determined by the Director of Planning
and Building Safety using objective criteria established by City Council
resolution, the parking in -lieu fee may be paid over a period of time not to
exceed twenty (20) years from the date the City issues a final Certificate of
Occupancy. The obligation to pay such in -lieu fee must be secured with
appropriate sureties identified by City Council resolution (including, without
limitation, a restrictive covenant recorded against real property) and
approved as to form by the City Attorney.
e. Parking provided by the City will be developed within or adjacent to
boundaries of the Downtown Specific Plan. Payment of a parking in -lieu fee
does not provide or vest any property owner with a special right, privilege or
Interest of any kind in any parking facility that may result from the payment of
the fee. There is no guarantee that the City will build parking at any particular
time or that it will build parking In a location that will be of advantage to the
property owner paying the fee.
(Ord. 1429, June 2 2009)
4. Mixed Occupancies -In the case of mixed uses in a building or on a site, the total
requirements for parking facilities shall be the sum of the requirements for the various
uses computed. Parking facilities for one use may be considered as providing required
parking facilities for another use, if approved through a parking demand study, a joint -use
agreement or another mechanism approved by the Director of Community, Economic
and Development Services or the Planning Commission.
5. Parking Area Development Standards -
a. Stall sizes: Standard stalls shall be 8.5 feet wide by 18 feet deep; Dead -end parking
stall or adjacent to an obstruction shall be 10 feet wide by 18 feet deep; compact
parking spaces, only allowed for parking in excess of the Code requirements, shall
be 8.5 feet wide by 15 feet deep.
b. Aisle widths: Aisle width for angled parking spaces shall not be less than the
following:
Angles of Parking Aisle Width Clear Parking Stall Depth*
Parallel to 30 degrees 12 feet 16 feet
45 degrees 15 feet 19 feet
60 degrees 18 feet 20 feet
90 degrees 25 feet 18 feet
'Measured perpendfcular to aisle
c. Tandem Parking: A maximum of 30% of the total required parking for commercial
uses may be tandem. Greater than 30% tandem spaces may be allowed with
approval of a parking demand study. Parking spaces provided in excess of the
required number may be tandem.
City of El Segundo
Downtown Specific Plan
54
Adopted: August 1, 2000
Ordinance No. 1319 156
4
d. Parking of Licensed Recreational Vehicles and Habitable Vehicles:
i) Parking of any mobile home, camper, house trailer or other habitable vehicle
outside of an authorized mobile home park or licensed recreational vehicle
parking facility is proWhited except that such vehicles may be parked on any
public property or right of way subject to any applicable parking restrictions,
including Section 9.44.010 of the EI Segundo Municipal Code.
ii) A habitable vehicle parked on private property may be occupied for residential
purposes for no longer than 72 hours (outside of an authorized mobile home
park) within any 30 -day period. No habitable vehicle may be occupied for
commercial purposes except as provided by Section 16.01.140 of the El
Segundo Municipal Code.
e. Entrances and Exits:
The location and design of all driveway entrances and exits shall be subject to the
approval of the Director of Community, Economic and Development Services.
Access must be from the alley or side street, except for access to handicapped
parking stalls If approved through the design review process. Curb cut and driveway
widths must be a minimum of 10 feet and a maximum of 30 feet in width.
f. Handicapped Parking:
Handicapped parking shall be provided in accordance with Part 2 of Title 24 of the
California Administrative Code.
6. Loading Standards -
The following loading spaces, with the dimensions as listed, are required based on the
net square footage of the building or use.
ESLU 49, bKLAKI A5 t KU I EL
Buiidin —Square Feet
11,000-15,000
Number of Loading Spaces
Width
1
15,001- 75.000
2
Each add)(Ionai 100,000 s . ft. or fraction thereof
1
DIMENSIONS
Size
Feet
Width
12
Depth
25
Vertical Clearance
16
n -
City of El Segundo 55 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan Ordinance No. 1319
157
4
7. Plan Preparation and Permit Approval -
A proposed parking plan shall be submitted to the Director of Community, Economic and
Development Services at the time of the application for the building permit for the
building for which the parking is required, or at the time any required Planning application
Is submitted. The plans shall clearly indicate the proposed development, including
location, size, shape, design, curb cuts, lighting, landscaping, and parking spaces in full
compliance with code requirements. No building permit shall be issued until the applicant
has presented satisfactory evidence to the Director of Community, Economic and
Development Services that parking facilities required by this Section will be provided and
maintained.
8. Joint Use and Off -Site Parking Facilities -
Parking spaces may be joint use or located off -site on a different lot or lots, subject to
approval of a parking demand study and a parking agreement. The Director of
Community, Economic and Development Services may approve a parking demand study
for joint use and off-site parking for fewer than 10 spaces. The Planning Commission
shall review any joint -use and off -site parking for 10 or more spaces. The agreement
shall be recorded in the office of the County Recorder, prior to the issuance of a Building
Permit, The agreement may include conditions as the Director of Community, Economic
and Development Services or the Planning Commission deems appropriate.
9. Sites with Transportation Systems Management (TSM) and Transportation Demand
Management (TDM) Plans -
The number of required parking spaces may be further modified subject to approval of a
Transportation Systems Management or Transportation Demand Management Plan,
pursuant to the procedures and requirements of Chapters 20.55 and 20.56 of the El
Segundo Municipal Code.
10. Existing Buildings with Permitted Uses -
Existing uses in an existing building may change to any other use enumerated in the
PERMITTED USES section of the applicable Specific Plan District without providing
additional on -site parking spaces, provided that all existing on -site parking spaces
provided in connection with the building or structure shall be continued and available for
use with the subject building.
11. Failure to Maintain Required Parking -
In the event parking facilities required to be provided under this Section, or required
pursuant to any application approved in accordance with this Section, are not
maintained, the Director of Community, Economic and Development Services may
revoke and cancel the certificate of occupancy issued for such structure. Prior to such
revocation, the Planning Commission shall hold a public hearing in accordance with the
public hearing procedures provided in Chapter 20.90, Procedures for Hearings, Notices
and Fees, of the El Segundo Municipal Code. However, if it appears that failure to
maintain such required parking was reasonably beyond the control of the person
required to maintain the same, the certificate of occupancy shall not be revoked until the
owner has had at least 90 days to reestablish the minimum required parking. In the event
the certificate of occupancy is revoked, the premises covered thereby shall not be
occupied or used for any purpose until a new certificate of occupancy has been issued.
City of El Segundo 56 Adopted: August 1, 2000
158
4
The coats of the three designs that were submitted by the architectural teams range
between $539,000 to $613,600, as the firms were given two preliminary budgets of
$250,000 and $600,000. The original scope of the project was anticipated to include
the demolition and removal of all of the existing concrete Plaza and the installation of
landscaping, plaza furniture, and performance and public gathering areas. Decently
the scope of the .project has been further refined by the City Council's Downtown
Subcommittee. The new scope does not include the removal of the concrete, but
instead envisions working with the existing Improvements to enhance the area and
make it more functional and attractive. It is envisioned that that following elements
will be included in the Plaza renovation: portable sound system, fixed lighting, potted
landscaping, benches, relocation of existing central sculptures and re -use of the
central raised planter area as a stage. It is anticipated that the improvements will not
exceed $225,000. The Council has already approved $575,000 of Capital
Improvement Program funds (1999/2004 budget) for the project and $30,000 has
been spent on the design charette process. The balance of the unallocated Civic
Center funds ($3213,000) are anticipated to be reallocated to Downtown streetscape
improvements or ether Downtown Improvement projects or programs. Section Vill,
E, 1, Design Standards, Plazas, Civic Center Plaza of this Specific Plan, provides
more detailed information on the design of the Plaza.
D. Parking Management Program
1. introduction /Summary
The City's traffic engineer states that at the present time, parking is not a critical issue
in Downtown El Segundo, although there may be a perception by some Downtown
shoppers that parking is inadequate. The parking supply and location of parking are
generally adequate to serve the existing uses in the area. Downtown patrons may
need to walk 1 or 2 blocks to their destination after locating a parking space, however
this is typical in a pedestrian - oriented Downtown setting. The Downtown Specific
Plan, however, will result in various changes to Downtown El Segundo. The changes
may include a different mix of commercial businesses, higher densities, modified
street layouts, modified on- street parking and other changes. The need for parking in
the Downtown area will change as the Plan is implemented. The turnover in
commercial uses, or the potential intensification of land uses, may result in higher
parking demand. The location of the parking demand may also shift, and the number
of on- street spaces may change due to the streetscape improvements that are
ultimately included in the Plan.
A parking management plan for the Downtown area must be comprehensive and also
flexible enough to respond to the parking challenges that arise as part of the plan.
The following strategies are key to the implementation of the parking management
plan:
• Develop a parking management plan that looks ahead to the ultimate build out of the
Specific Plan area and considers the potential "worst case" parking demand
scenario.
City of El Segundo 127 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
159
4
• Phase In parking modifications and improvements over time as the Specific Plan is
implemented. Seek lower cost, high efficiency solutions first, followed by higher cost
capital improvements when they are needed.
• Work cooperatively with area businesses and other stakeholders since they are the
ultimate users of the parking system.
Consider the potential impacts not only in the Downtown area but also on adjacent
residential neighborhoods,
2. Current Parking Conditions and Standards
The Downtown area currently is served by surface parking that is a combination of on- street
curb parking and off- street private and pubtic parking in a series of lots. off- street parking is
primarily provided in back of businesses via alley access, with some lots also fronting Maim,
and Richmond Streets, and Grand Avenue. There are a total of approximately 1,285 public
and private off - street spaces in the Downtown Specific Plan area. In addition, there are
approximately 370 ,public curbside spaces. Curb parking in mostly regulated by a two -hour
maximum limit, from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. that Is enforced via tire marking. Additionally
there are 20- minute maximum single spaces scattered throughout the Downtown, again with
the 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. limit and in the 300 block of Main Street no parking is allowed
from 2:00 P.M. to 8 :00 P.M. to accommodate the farmers market. Blocks with the highest
amount of off - street parking, all in private lots, include the 100 block of Richmond Street on
the east side (200 spaces), the 100 block of Main Street on the east side (115 spaces) and
the 300 block of Richmond Street on the east side (110 spaces). All other blocks have 95 or
fewer spaces, with the lowest block containing 35 spaces. Seven percent of the off - street
spaces are compact size and the remainder are standard size.
The current parking development standards for the Downtown area (CR -S Zone) include
provisions for joint use parking, off -site parking, compact spaces, parking demand study
reductions and tandem spaces. Additional parking is required for new square footage,
however, the Zoning Code allows an existing building to change from one use to any other
permitted use in the zone without increasing required parking, as long as all of the existing
parking is retained. The majority of the existing buildings in the Plan area provide on-site
parking: although generally it is limited to only 3 to 5 spaces per 25 -foot wide lot. These
current provisions allow some flexibility but need to be reviewed in the overall context of the
Specific flan, and revised to ensure that parking is being managed in an efficient manner.
Additional flexibility, creative parking solutions, and administrative level of review is desirable
to encourage new development within the Plan area, while still ensuring adequate parking
facilities for new development.
3. Elements of the Downtown Parking Management Program
To be successful, a parking plan for the Downtown area must serve a variety of businesses,
civic uses and residents. Each parking "user" group has different needs and therefore
parking for each group must be considered differently. For example, employees of
Downtown businesses use parking for extended periods throughout the day and they are
able to park farther away from their destination than customers of the
City of El Segundo 128 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
EM
commercial businesses. Certain businesses generate high demand mid -day (office, some
commercial retail uses) while others generate lunchtime and evening demand (restaurants
for example). The parking management plan must accommodate each user group to most
efficiently serve their needs without impacting the other groups.
The cost of developing surface off-street parking may include purchase of the land and
construction of the parking area, driveways, signing, striping, drainage, landscaping, lighting
etc. Subterranean or surface parking is more expensive due to the capital costs of the
structures. Therefore, it is important to consider a wide range of parking solutions in addition
to adding more parking. The types of parking improvements recommended for the Specific
Plan include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
• Parking management techniques including better parking signage and information
(brochures and maps), modifying time limits, consideration of parking meters and
fees.
• Parking services such as a "joint" valet parking program for a series of adjacent
businesses.
• Cooperative parking solutions such as shared use agreements among businesses
In the Downtown area that would allow one business to use parking at another
business during its off -peak hours.
• On- street parking modifications such as adding parking via the use of diagonal
parking instead of parallel curb spaces (Grand Avenue and east -west side streets off
of Main Street and potentially portions of Main Street).
• Construction of off - street parking in surface lots or structures with fee agreements
for Downtown businesses that come into the area and require new parking.
The hallmark of this plan will be to phase In the necessary parking improvements over time,
as needed, based on the changes occurring downtown. lower cost, less capital intensive
improvements should be implemented first. However, the ultimate need for additional parking
should be {Manned for at this time to allow adequate lead time to Identify and obtain
appropriate sites and finance the purchase of land (if required) and construction costs. A
phased approach to parking improvement in the Downtown area is described.
4. Parking Management Options
The options presented in this section are oriented to the multiple user groups that park
Downtown. It is not feasible, nor desirable to develop a parking management plan that simply
addresses the needs of one user group at the expense of other user groups. For example,
the plan must not add commercial ;parking without addressing resident concerns, or
conversely create "resident only" parking without recognizing the need to maintain access for
the public. Therefore, a series of options are presented that address the many parking
related issues. Table 1 summarizes the options.
City of El Segundo 129 Adopted; August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
161
4
a. Short -Term Parklnq Manacrement Options- (implement tf.pon adoption cif.tie
specific Plan)
Option: Create Visitor Parking Information Guide /map
Discussion: Many cities and Downtown districts have created user - friendly snaps and
parking guides that are oriented toward the Downtown visitor. The guide
would include clear maps showing all public parking, as well as information
regarding time limits and rates (if applicable).
The guidelmap should be professionally prepared with high quality graphics
and should be made available at public venues (City Hall, libraries, etc,) and
distributed to all businesses that would be willing to make theta available to
customers (e.g., on the counter at stores, in offices and at restaurants).
Option: Implement a Shared Use Parking Program
Discussion: The most under-utilized parking throughout the Downtown is in off-street
private parking lots, It Is important to recognize that the use of private lots is
not a universal solution to parking problems since it requires the cooperation
of private land owners who may have specific reasons for not sharing
parking. However, use of selected lots may be a method to help relieve the
parking problem. Traditional impediments to the use of private parking
Include lot owners' concerns over liability, safety, vandalism and Interference
with their own business. While some of these concerns are well founded,
some can be overcome through the use of negotiated agreements and
common insurance policies that are obtained with the assistance of the City.
Additionally, the City could enter into agreements with property owners of
large parking lots with excess capacity (such as the Chevron parking lots)
and "sublease" the spaces out to businesses in need of additional spaces.
This recommendation will require the following initial actions by the City:
• survey private lot owners regarding the willingness to consider shared
use of parking.
• investigate the availability of insurance coverage for public use of
private lots and assist businesses in obtaining the insurance.
• consider police or private patrol to monitor the private lots.
• after identifying potential sites, secure agreements for use of the lots
by adjacent businesses, determine parking fees (if any) to be
charged, develop shared use parking contracts that specify hours of
operation, maintenance, insurance requirements and other pertinent
issues.
• develop signage and re- stripe private lots if needed on case -by -case
basis.
City of El Segundo 130 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
162
4
Option: Establish Baseline Parking Ratios for the Downtown as a Whole and
Monitor over Time
Discussion: Although each new business should not be required to provide parking on-
site. the Downtown as whole will require new parking as development
occurs. Therefore, the current parking surplus should be identified via
detailed parking and land use surveys. The surveys will compare parking
requirements based on standard parking ratios to the amount of parking
available in the Downtown. Then, as new development occurs, the
remaining surplus would be monitored on an on -going basis. New
businesses or development- that does not provide parking could pay into
a parking "in- lieu" fund that would be used to develop joint parking areas
when needed. When the parking demand gets within approximately 80 to
85 percent of the parking supply, then new parking should be provided.
This type of parking "budget" would allow new businesses to come into the
Downtown area without undue burdens to provide more parking by
themselves.
Lot Utilization -- approximately every six months conduct hourly surveys of tike
number of spaces utilized fn key public and private lots and on- street for a
weekday and Saturday. Also conduct regular monitoring of land uses added
or subtracted and their associated parking requirements.
Land Use Patterns - Establish a database that is updated at least every six
months that includes the type of business on each parcel, building area and
amount of parking provided. A parking demand spreadsheet is also then
updated bi- annually that will estimate file total parking demand for tlhe
Downtown, which Is compared to the total harking supply.
Option: Enhance Directional Signage
Discussion: The signage is generally clear, consistent and covers most of Downtown,
Some additional signs would help to further clarify the location of some
Downtown lots, and to direct vehicles to alley access parking areas. A
unified theme for directional signs should also be developed as part of
the Specific Plan.
b. Mid -Term Parking Marra ement opt!
do ons- firth femesrof wt�ari needed after plan
a tion
Option: Implement Trial Period Shared Valet Parking Program During Peak
Season
Discussion: As development and activity intensities in the Downtown area, a peak season
shared valet system would provide the convenience of ors- street parking for
business patrons and allow the use of more remote available parking,
This service will only worst with a minimum amount of activity generated by
a group of nighttime attractions such as restaurants and shops. This
measure is not recommended until the perceived demand is great enough
to cover the costs of the service.
The valet would service a group of adjacent businesses. This may require the
removal of a few on- street parking spaces during the time of valet operation.
City of El Segundo 131 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
163
4
It is recognized that some shopping trips require parking immediately adjacent to the
business (dry- cleaners, taste -out coffee, etc.), however, many visitors are willing to
walk a few blocks during more extended visits.
For the valet service, there would be a fee charged per vehicle of approximately $5
or ;$6 (to be negotiated with the valet operator), which would cover all of the costs. If
It was determined that this cost is too high for the customers, the City and/or
businesses could subsidize the program, thereby reducing the fee to the valet
patrons. All insurance, materials and other costs would be covered by the valet
operator within the $5 or $6 per vehicle fee.
Option. Add Angled On- street Parking
Discussion: This option would add on- street parking where it would be most needed in
the future as development occurs. Main Street only has sufficient width for
angled parking on one side, however, angled parking may actually reduce
the number of on- street parking spaces due to the elimination of parking at
the corners to accommodate a left -turn packet. Angled parking is feasible on
Grand Avenue if the median parking area is removed. Also, it may be
feasible to provide angled parking on one or more side streets, such as the
100 blocks east side of Holly and Pine Avenues, which connect to Main
Street, by converting the streets to one -way flow. This option would be
implemented in conjunction with other streetscape/design options as part of
the overall Specify Plan.
C. Lon er Term Parking Management C) Lions- im lement after short and rnid
terns measures and as development warrants
Option: Install Parking Meters to Manage Parking Turnover and Raise
Revenues for Parking Improvements
Discussion: One of the most effective parking management tools is pricing. Many persons
using Downtown businesses will be willing to pay for parking depending upon
the nature of the business they are visiting in the area. Local employees, for
example, will be less likely to want to pay for metered parking. Therefore,
prime curbside spaces can be reserved for customers via the use of meters
and time limits. With reasonable rates and time limits, meters do not harm
businesses while they help to properly allocate parking spaces to the various
user groups. Obvious disadvantages to meters include aesthetics and the
perception that they will drive away business patron customers.
Options: While Implementing Parking Management Strategies, Continue to
investigate Costs and Feasibility of Added Parking
Discussion: When considering potential growth patterns Downtown and given the City's
Zoning Code which allows continued growth without providing more parking
(for new businesses in existing buildings that maintain existing non-
conforming parking), more get.leral public parking will be necessary in the
future if density increases without adding parking. The number of added
parking spaces can be determined more precisely following Implementation
of the highest priority management strategies.
City of El Segundo 132 Adopted: August 1, 2000
EM
Downtown Specific Plan
Building new parking will take several years due to the need for environmental clearances,
environmental studies, design and construction. Therefore, the City should Continue to
investigate the engineering feasibility, casts and environmental consequences of adding
parking Downtown at the same time that parking management strategfes are being tested,
Also, use of an in -lieu fee would provide funding for parking over time as businesses turn
over or parcels are redeveloped.
City of El Segundo 133 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan 165
4
EXHIBIT 6
SUMMARY OF PARKING MANAGEMENT OPTIONS
City of El Segundo 134 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan ;-�
Relative Cost to
Implement
OPTIONS
DESIRED EFFECTSASSUES
H, M,L(1)
Short -Term Parking Management Options
• increase awareness of parking opportunities
Low
• more effective use of available parking
Create Visitor Parking
• need support of business community to
(approximately 55,000 to
Information Guide /Map
circulate guidelmap
$10,000)
• better utilize available private spaces
Low
implement a Shared
would require additional detailed analysis and
Use Parking Program
coordination with private property owners
(staff /administration costs)
• identify current parking surplus
Moderate
• monitor development as it occurs and Its Impact
Establish Baseline
on overall parking operations
(staff /administration costs
Parking Ratios for the
• add new parking or take other actions when
equivalent to several hours
Downtown as a Whole
supply reaches approximately 85% of demand,
per week, after initial labor
and Monitor OverTime
Prior to reaching a critical point
Intensive Inventory)
o provide more clear and consistent signage
Enhance Directional
• better utilize alley- access parking
Moderate
Signage
• enhance aesthetics
Mid -Term Parking Management Options
• provide convenient customer parking
Low to Moderate
Implement Trial Period
• assist parking Impacted business
Shared Valet Parking
• need to analyze potential sites and select
($5,000 to $15,000 per
Program During Peak
Contractor
season for City support)
Season
• provide more spaced via use of angle rather
Moderate
Add On- street Angle
than parallel curb parking
Parking
• slows traffic, promotes pedestrian use
(costs for signing and
striping)
(1) Cost H -High Cost associated with majorcapitat expenditure, M -Moderate Cost rorphyslcalImprovements
and/orstarfadministrative costs,
L - Low Cost reflecting limited staff t/me allocation orminorsupp /ies/equipment cost.
City of El Segundo 134 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan ;-�
Longer Term Parking Management Options
• manage the parking supply, enhance
Moderate to High
turnover for businesses
Install Parking Motors
• prevent al Way parking by employees in
(Initial cost, ultimately self
on Selected Streets
pri
E. Public Events, Activities and Programming
The ongoing scheduling, coordination and implementation of special events in the Downtown
area are seen as a key component in the effort to revitalize the Downtown. Downtown events
enhance the Image that the Downtown is the center of activity in the community. In order to
provide creative, diverse and high quality events and programs throughout the year In
Downtown, the City retained an Events Coordinator /Facilitator in June of 1999. The events
coordinator met with the Council Downtown Revitalization Subcommittee, DES I (the
Downtown subcommittee of the local Chamber of Commerce), and the City's Event
Coordination Steering Committee and developed a draft list of events. These include events
such as a Main Street Bike Parade, June Jamboree -Food and Music Festival, Concierge
Day, Annual West Fest, and Scavenger Hunt, designed to attract local and nearby residents
to the Downtown year round. This will increase the awareness level of the types of shops
and services that are available in the Downtown which will directly benefit local residents,
merchants, and property owners by creating a broader and consistent customer base.
Many of the events include participation by and coordination with other groups and local
service organizations such as the Chamber of Commerce, Rotary, and Kiwanis. The new
events are intended to complement existing successful Downtown events (such as the
Richmond Street Fair, Main Street Cruise, and the Holiday Parade) by coordinating new
promotional programs around the existing schedule of events. In addition to developing,
organizing and implementing various monthly events, the Coordinator also acts as a
clearinghouse to coordinate the City of El Segundo Master Event Calendar. This central
location for business owners and residents to access event information is seen as key to
planning future events to eliminate potential date conflicts and to help ensure successful
events with maximum participation. The Master Calendar includes maintaining a website
calendar and issuing press releases.
The existing weekly farmers market in the 300 block of Main Street, initiated in July of 1999,
is also one of the key Downtown events, being managed separately from the other
Downtown events by the Recreation and Parks Department. The budget for the farmers
market includes approximately $35,000 of 1999/2000 General Fund monies. The farmers
market generates approximately $4000 a month during the 3 summer months and $2000 a
month during the balance of the year, a• total of approximately $30,000 in revenue annually.
The City Council approved $20,000 of General Fund monies in both the 1998/1999 and
1999/2000 budget years for the Downtown Events Coordinator, although the 199811999
funds were not spent and were carried over to the 199912000 budget. An additional $10,000
was allocated from the 1999/2000 Downtown marketing materials account and will be used
for the Downtown Food and Music Festival, scheduled for June, 2000. Subject to City
Council direction, it is anticipated that future budget years may have approximately $30,000
annually In General Fund monies for Downtown Events.
F. Marketing, Advertising and Promotion
Marketing and promoting the Downtown to attract new businesses, retain existing quality
businesses that meet the goals of the Plan, and advertise Downtown services, businesses
and events, are key components to a successful Downtown.
City of El Segundo 136 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
r
168
4
The City Council approved retaining a retail recruitment firm in January, 1999 in an effort to
place new highly desirable retail businesses in selected key locations Downtown. However,
priorities were shifted and the $35,000 approved in the 199811999 budget year from the
General- Fund was reallocated to the Downtown Events programming. Additional funds of
$14,500 were allocated in the 1599/2000 budget year, and $10,000 of this was recently
reallocated to the Downtown Food and Music festival (discussed above) and the balance will
be used for Fanners to promote the farmers market, It is anticipated that in the 2000/2001
budget year, additional funds of approximately $20,000 will be requested for retail
recruitment. The firm selected will have to have proven success In placing businesses as
part of successful downtown revitalization programs, and work closely with Downtown
property owners.
Promotional materials prepared and distributed by the City include a Downtown Map with
Points of Interest. This map was developed originally In 1998 and Is regularly distributed to
the Chamber of Commerce, area hotels, City Hall, Public Library, Downtown businesses,
and new companies in town. The map provides general information about the Downtown and
is keyed to a list of retail and restaurant uses in the Downtown. This map should be updated
as part of the Downtown revitalization effort to ensure that it provides up to date and
accurate information.
Another promotional program is the installation of banner poles, banners, and flags on
Sepulveda Boulevard, a State highway with approximately 70,000 vehicle trips per day, to
publicize City Events and promote the Downtown. Two types of banners are envisioned. The
first would use the existing median light poles to install flags (approximately 3 feet by 8 feet)
to publicize community events. There are 35 existing light poles on Sepulveda, Which could
accommodate two flags each, located on each side of the pole. The second type of banners
would require the installation of two banner poles, with mounting hardware and cables at
each location. 'Banners would be approximately 3 feet wide by 40 feet long and would hang
over the middle of Sepulveda Boulevard. Installation and removal of the flags or banners
would be an additional cost of approximately $400 for each set of flags or banners for each
installation and removal.
In February of 2000, the City Council approved re- allocating $60,000 from the City "welcome
monument" project, previously approved in the 1999/2000 Capital Improvement Program
budget, to the banner project. The $60,000 includes the installation of the banner poles only,
(four poles at two locations) not the banners. General fund monies of $4,500 are. available
for banners (Downtown marketing materials) and it is anticipated that this will be used for
one large (3 -foot by 40 -foot) banner to advertise the Downtown Farmers Market. Other
Farmers Market advertising which has been used, that could also be used for other efforts,
includes cable television advertising in nearby communities, advertisements in area
newspapers, and advertisements on internal e-mail networks for major corporations located
in El Segundo. Any additional funds remaining from the banners will be used to promote
other Downtown events, It is anticipated that the City Council will review a request for
additional funds for other banners in t he near future. In addition, it is anticipated that event
sponsors and coordinators would pay to install banners to promote their individual events.
Other types of marketing could include advertisements, flyers, billboards, or other
promotional materials.
City of El Segundo 137 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
169
4
G.
A lunchtime shuttle to bring employees from the business center of El Segundo, west of
Sepulveda Boulevard, to the Downtown has been explored in the past and could be
analyzed further if desired. The Chamber of Commerce and a BID could also be involved
with promoting and advertising the Downtown.
Development Incentives
Development incentives can be used as a tool to attract and retain quality businesses in the
Downtown. Through the Business Attraction Program (Chapter 3.06 of the El Segundo
Municipal Code) and the City's economic development program, the City currently offers
numerous incentives for qualified target businesses throughout the City. The Incentives apply
to the Downtown area also, and are proposed to continue. These incentives include:
1. Expedited and reduced cost entitlements:
Permit approvals may be expedited through the Community, Economic and
Development Services application and permit processes at the request and the
expense of the applicant.
The City may enter into agreements that guarantee that permits will be reviewed
within a certain time frame, as agreed to by the City and the applicant ahead of time.
If the City does not review the plans within the established time frame then all
associated City fees are refunded.
Building Safety Division fees are negotiable and may be reduced as much as 50 %.
2. Local tax credits and rates:
Business License Tax: The business license tax can be reduced and /or eliminated if
El Segundo is used as a point of sale. The tax will be offset by the amount of the
sales tax generated to the City in the previous year, up to the point where zero fees
are due to the City.
tJtilit users tax: Gas, water, electric, and telephone taxes are negotiable, up to the
point where zero tax is required. Currently these rates are 3% for gas, water, and
electric, and 2% for telephone.
Transient Occupancy Tax: The City's transient occupancy tax for hotel users is
currently 3 %, one of the lowest in Los Angeles County.
Additional incentives could be provided in the Downtown Plan Area such as the
reduction, or elimination of traffic Impact fees and the further reduction of Planning
and Building Safety Division fees.
3. Removal of Nonconforming Signs:
The City finds that in order to enhance the environment of the Downtown it is
desirable to encourage the removal of nonconforming signs at a rapid pace.
Therefore, the City may offer owners of nonconforming signs the following incentives
to hasten their removal.
City of El Segundo
Downtown Specific Plan
138
Adopted: August 1, 2000 C, --
flM
In order to qualify for the nonconforming sign removal incentive, a sign proposed to be
removed must meet the following requirements. The sign must have been a legal,
conforming sign at the time of its placement. (In other words, the sign cannot be illegal). The
sign must be located in the Main Street District (300 -400 Blocks Main Street). The sign shall
not be an abandoned sign at the time of application. In the granting of nonconforming sign
removal incentives the City will apply the following priority ranking schedule: roof signs, pole
signs (freestanding sign over 10 feet high), internally illuminated signs, and plastic signs.
Owners of nonconforming signs may, at their discretion, choose to participate in the following
sign removal incentive program. The City will select a number of applicants each year to
participate in the' program based on the priority of signs provided above and the availability
of funds.
The nonconforming sign removal incentive program is a three -year program commencing on
the effective date of this Specific Plan. The program is designed to encourage the rapid
removal of the least desirable types of signs by providing larger incentives in the early years
and tapering off to no incentives in the fourth year.
The incentives which may be provided are as follows:
Years one and two
Free removal of nonconforming sign.
Free design service to provide conforming, attractive sign sketches.
Year three
Free removal of nonconforming sign
* Those participants availing themselves of the free design service must agree to
utilize one of the alternative sketches provided and to erect a new sign within three
months of receiving the sketch designs. If said new sign is not erected, the
participant will be required to reimburse the City for the cost of the sign design
service.
The removal of non - conforming signs program could be financed through General Fund
monies or a Business Improvement District (BID).
H. Historic Preservation
The City will provide incentives to owners of structures in the Richmond Street District (100-
200 blocks Richmond Street) to maintain, preserve, and Improve their historic properties on a
completely voluntary basis. Eligible structures are not required to participate in the incentive
programs. Only historically significant structures, as identified on the attached map, are
eligible for these incentives.
The program is a two -part approach to encourage the preservation of El Segundo's historic
past. The first part is a series of incentives (regulatory or financial) to encourage historically
significant properties to continue to function without major structural alterations that would
affect the historical features of the building. The second part is a strong "disincentive" to
discourage demolition of historically significant structures by owners which had used any
incentive. This second approach does not prohibit the demolition of a historic structure if the
owner has not received regulatory or financial incentives from the City.
City of El Segundo 139 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan f
Protecting the cultural heritage and historical architectural resources that are found in the
Richmond Street District is part of the overall goal/ for the revitalization of the area. This
program seeks to give owners of eligible historic properties relief from the contemporary
municipal codes, ordinances, taxes and laws levied on newer contemporary structures. By
assisting the owners of historic propert #es, the authenticity of the character of Richmond
Street can be preserved, thus Improving the economic climate for all owners and merchants.
City of El Segundo 140 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
172
4
EXHIBIT 7
HISTORICALLY SIGNIFICANT
STRUCTURES
GRAND AVE.
0
N
FRANKLIN AVE.
2
14.6
223 iff
22 *
215
211 -213 iff
A 144
209
�
203
�
139 1
23 -129 A
121
11i
C>
FRANKLIN AVE.
14.6
A 144
216 -220
t�
0
EL SEGUNDO BLVD.
Historically Significant Structure ,
0 fD! 7D3 NA idv N1 1Y E
S
(Not to scale)
173
4
FRANKLIN AVE.
14.6
A 144
z
142
0
m
S
EL SEGUNDO BLVD.
Historically Significant Structure ,
0 fD! 7D3 NA idv N1 1Y E
S
(Not to scale)
173
4
1. Regulatory Incentives
Historically significant properties are eligible "to apply for the following preservation benefits.
The granting of any benefit shall be conditioned upon a written agreement between the City
and property owner that ensures preservation of the building's historic character and strongiy
discourages future demolition. Government Cade Section 37361 allows specific zoning
criteria for historical buildings.
a. Parking
Commercial historic structures may be granted a reduction in parking requirements, to a
maximum of 50 percent, based on a Parking Demand Study and the degree to which the
historic character of the building is preserved and /or enhanced.
b. Building Permit and Planning Application Fees
All building permit and planning application fees for historically significant structures will
be waived by the Director of Community, Economic and Development Services (subject
to City Manager approval) for those ,proposed projects compatible with preserving the
historic character of the subject building.
c. Business License Fees
Local business license tax fees will be waived or reduced for historically significant
structures, by the Director of Community, Economic and Development Services, (subject
to City Manager approval) for those projects that have completed construction that has
renovated, improved, or preserved the historical character of the subject building.
d. Additions to Historic Commercial Structures
Historic commercial structures may add up to 50 percent of the existing floor area, not to
exceed 500 square feet, without providing additional parking and without bringing other
existing nonconformity's into compliance, except for permanent signs, with current
Specific Plan Standards. The structures would still be required to comply with the floor
area ratio (FAR) requirements of the district.
e. Setback Flexibility
Additions to historically significant structures may be allowed to maintain setbacks up to
the line of existing encroachments, provided that all setbacks as required by the Uniform
Building Code, are maintained for new construction.
f. State Historic Building Code
The California State Historic Building Code (SHBC) provides alternative building
regulations for the rehabilitation, preservation, restoration or relocation of historically
significant structures. The SHBC may only be used for officially designated historically
significant structures, (cultural resources) or in official Historic Districts, in accordance
with regulations detailed in Chapter 20.52, Historic Preservation, of the El Segundo
Municipal Code.
City of El Segundo 142 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
174
4
These standards would be applied during the City's building permit procedure as this
code would supplement or replace the Uniform Building Code (UBC) requirements.
g. Rehabilitation Tax Credit
A tax credit may be available for historically significant structures if work performed on
the structure constitutes a "Certified Rehabilitation" The tax credit may only be used for
officially designated historically significant structures, (cultural resources) or In official
Historic Districts, in accordance with regulations detailed in Chapter 20.52, Historic
Preservation, of the El Segundo Municipal Code.
h. Conservation or facade easements
A conservation or facade easement is a contract between private property owners and
qualified non - profit organizations (which may be the City). The easements enable a
property owner to preserve a historically significant building in perpetuity in return for
certain tax benefits. The easement may only be used for officially designated historically
significant structures, (cultural resources) or in official Historic Districts, in accordance
with regulations detailed in Chapter 20.52, Historic' Preservation, of the El Segundo
Municipal Code.
2. Financial Incentives
a. Mills Act Contracts - Property Tax reductions
As a preservation incentive, historic property agreements offer advantages to both the
City and the property owner. These agreements, commonly referred to as "Mills Act
contracts," provide for property tax relief for owners of qualified historic properties who
agree to comply' with certain preservation restrictions. The tax credit may only be used
for officially designated historically significant structures, (cultural resources) or in official
Historic Districts, In accordance with regulations detailed in Chapter 20.52, Historic
Preservation, of the El Segundo Municipal Code.
For purposes of this Specific Plan, this section does not detail all of the tax and revenue
Information of the Mills Act. This section does not provide contracts, complete
Government Code sections, or Tax Code Information. Any individual interested In more
details on a Mills Act contract for their historic property is urged to contact the State's
Office of Historic Preservation for more information.
The use of Mills Act contracts gives the City the flexibility to deal with historic structure on
a case by case basis. The City has the option to choose which properties are suitable for
the incentive by evaluating various factors, such as the Significance of the building to the
community, development pressures on the site, or the need for rehabilitation. These
contracts can be used both as a tool to preserve an individual building and as part of the
broader Specific flan Implementation Program.
City of El Segundo 143 Adopted: August 1, 2000
Downtown Specific Plan
175
4
DOWNTOWN SUBCOMMITTEE MEMBERS
1.
Jay Hoeschler
2.
Carol Pirsztuk
3.
Elyse Rothstein
4.
Neil Cadman
5.
Matt Crabbs
6.
Rob Croxall
7.
Drew Boyles
8.
Ryan Baldino
9.
Scot Nicol
10. Staff: Sam Lee, Planning and Building Safety Director
11. Staff: Paul Samaras, Acting Planning Manager
EXHIBIT 2 a t�
El Segundo Parking
Signage and Wayfinding Discussion
February 29, 2016
m
Jay Hoeschler, Studio Launchpad
X
W
W
Op
...
`" brand propulsion.
m
2 Main Street, northbound at Grand Ave I existing signage
Gra
LAUNCHPAD STUDIO
El Segundo Parking Signage Study
February 29, 2016
CD
CA)
LAUNCHPAD STUDIO
r� 3 Main Street, northbound at Grand I recommended signage El Segundo Parking Signage Study
February 29. 2016
4
cc)
LAUNCHPAD STUDIO
4 Westbound Grand Ave I existing signage El Segundo Parking Signage Study
February 29. 2016
Zl�
-------------
j-
tx. rl
PUBLIC
1. - -.
CLEARANCE W-2' - MAXIMUM
ENTER VEI-IlCLC L,(.,)AD 6000 LOAD
NP,
co
rn
6
Grand Ave Parking Lot I Recommended signage
LAUNCHPAD STUDIO
El Segundo Parking Signage Study
February 29, 2016
4
co
v
m 7 Main Street, northbound at Grand I recommended signage LAUNCHPAD STUDIO
El Segundo Parking Signage Study
rS February 29, 2016
co
00
.b8
Grand Ave, eastbound I existing signage
LAUNCHPAD STUDIO
El Segundo Parking Signage Study
February 29, 2016
c0
� LAUNCHPAD STUDIO
9 Grand Ave, eastbound I recommended signage El Segundo Parking Signage Study
February 29, 2016
C)
0
LAUNCH PAD STUDIO
70 Grand Ave City Lot I Existing signage El Segundo Parking Signage Study
a February 29. 2016
4
0
In
LAUI`ICHPAD STUDIO
11 Grand Ave City Lot Existing signage El Segundo Parking Signage Study
j.. -- February 29. 2016
0
N
In
12 Grand Ave City Lot I proposed signage A
LAUNCHPAD STUDIO
El Segundo Parking Signage Study
February 29, 2016
0
(A.-,
in
LAUNCHPAD STUDIO
'.� 13 Grand Ave City Lot I proposed signage B
era'
El Segundo Parking Signage Study
February 29. 2016
CD
brand propulsion.
Thank you.
SURVEY ON PARKING OPTIONS
TOPIC_ _ QUESTION YES NO
._Increase Supply
(Private)
1 Eliminate change of use parking incentive south of Grand
Avenue
2 Eliminate change of use parking incentive north of Grand
Avenue
3 Reduce or eliminate outdoor dining parking incentive
south of Grand Avenue (0 parking spaces for 1st 200 s.f.)
4 Reduce or eliminate outdoor dining parking incentive
north of Grand Avenue (0 parking spaces for 1" 200 s.f_.)
5 Increase the required parking rates for uses in the
Downtown Specific Plan area
6 Require bicycle parking in the Downtown Specific Plan (not
required currently)
Reduce Demand
(Private)
1 Allow more residential uses in the Downtown Specific Plan
area (currently one unit (above commercial uses) per lot is
permitted)
2 Limit the number or square foot area of restaurants (or
other high demand uses) permitted south of Grand
Avenue
3 Limit the number or square foot area of restaurants (or
other high demand uses) permitted north of Grand
Avenue
Manage Existing
Parking (Private)
1
Encourage ridesharing, carpooling, use of alternative
transport, and other demand reduction measures
2
Allow and facilitate shared parking or off -site parking
arrangements.
3
Study and implement valet services (valet permits)
Increase Supply
(Public)
1
Extend restriping efforts to more streets (angled parking)
2
Extend restriping efforts to more streets (convert streets
to one -way traffic)
3
Restripe more public parking lots
4
Add more bicycle parking in the Downtown Specific Plan
area
5
Build a structure on City Property
TOPIC
QUESTION YES NO
f ' �
EXHIBIT 4
Reduce Demand
(Pub_ lic)
1
Manage Existing
Parking (Public)
1 Change time limits for on- street parking
2 Charge for street parking (meters)
3 Charge for structure parking
4 Promote public parking lots through signage, maps,
internet, etc
Study and install electronic dis la s at-public structure and
surface lots
Study and expand shuttle service
Prioritize Implementation of the approved Bicycle Master
Plan in the Downtown area (Bike routes, striping, signage,
etc.)
5
6
In -lieu Parking Fee
1
2
3
4
5
6
Eliminate the program south of Grand Avenue
Eliminate the program north of Grand Avenue
Increase the fee amount south of Grand Avenue
Increase the fee amount north of Grand Avenue
Cap the number of spaces that can be
"purr chased" south of Grand Avenue
Cap the number of spaces that can be
"purchased" north of Grand Avenue
P: \Planning & Building Safety \0 Planning - Old \PROJECTS (Planning) \1051- 1075 \EA -1057 (Downtown
Code) \Downtown Code Committee \Meeting 02292016 \SURVEY ON PARKING OPTIONS.docx
4
EXCERPTS OF MINUTES OF THE MEETING
OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION
OF THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA
August 25, 2016
Chair Baldino called the El Segundo Planning Commission meeting to order at CALL TO ORDER
5:31 p.m. in the El Segundo City Hall's Council Chambers, 350 Main Street, El
Segundo, California.
Commissioner Nicol led the Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag.
PRESENT: BALDING, NEWMAN, NICOL, and NISLEY
ABSENT: WINGATE
None,
Chair Baldino presented the Consent Calendar.
Commissioner Nicol Chair Baldino pulled Agenda Item E -1.
Chair Baldino presented Agenda Item E -2A, Environmental Assessment No.
Consideration and possible action regarding: (1) data collected on research and
development (R &D) and "creative office" uses and (2) an administrative
determination on the El Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) § 15 -1 -6 Definition for
Research and Development. Applicant: City Wide. Address: Various.
PLEDGE TO FLAG
ROLL CALL
PUBLIC
COMMUNICATIONS
CONSENT CALENDAR
CALL ITEMS FROM
CONSENT
DIRECTOR DECISIONS
FOR ADMINISTRATIVE
ADJUSTMENTS,
ADJUSTMENTS, and
ADMINISTRATIVE
DETERMINATIONS
EA-
Vice Chair Newman moved, seconded by Commissioner Nicol, to Receive and MOTION
File the Director of Planning and Building Safety's approval of Environmental
Assessment No. EA -1153 and Administrative Use Permit No. 16 -045. Motion
carried (4 -0).
None.
WRITTEN
COMMUNICATIONS
City Attorney Address the Commission that Commissioner Nisley recused himself NEW BUSSINESS for
due to the potential conflict to property. EA -1057; SPA 14 -01; ZTA 16 -03 (DSP)
Chair Baldino presented Agenda Item H -2, Environmental Assessment No. 1057,
Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 14 -01, and Zoning Text Amendment 16 -03
Consideration and possible action regarding a Specific Plan Amendment and Zone
Text Amendment to amend Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) Sections V -VIII,
relating to: (1) tinting or reflective glass on storefront windows; (2) signs for non -
street front uses; (3) design review process for projects in the DSP; (4) parking
requirements for Non - Profit Museums in the DSP area; and /or to amend El
Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) Chapter 15 -24 regarding Adjustments.
Address: Citywide. Property Owner: Various. Applicant: City of El Segundo.
Planner Manager Gregg McClain presented a PowerPoint presentation of the staff
report (of record.)
P: \Planning & Building Safety \0 Planning - Old \PROJECTS (Planning)\1 051-1075\EA-1 057 (Downtown Code) \City Council
09202016\2016 08 -25 Minutes Ex .doc
4 ge 1
Chair Baldino asked staff for a report after six months on the implementation of
the Downtown subcommittee's recommendations regarding parking.
Commissioner Nicol moved, seconded by Vice Chair Newman, for the Planning MOTION
Commission to approve Resolution No. 2802 recommending approval of
Environmental Assessment No. 1057, Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 14 -01,
and Zoning Text Amendment 16 -03 to amend Downtown Specific Plan (DSP)
Sections V -VIII, relating to: (1) tinting or reflective glass on storefront windows; (2)
signs for non - street front uses; (3) design review process for projects in the DSP;
(4) parking requirements for Non - Profit Museums in the DSP area; and /or to
amend El Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) Chapter 15 -24 regarding
Adjustments. Motion carried (3 -0).
Commissioner Nisley returned to the dias.
PAPlanning & Building Safety \0 Planning - Old \PROJECTS (Planning) \1051- 1075 \EA -1057 (Downtown Code) \City Council
09202016\2016 08 -25 Minutes Ex.doc
age 2
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA STATEMENT
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
MEETING DATE: September 20, 2016
AGENDA HEADING: Special Orders of Business
Consideration and possible action to open public hearing regarding the presentation of the Fiscal
Year (FY) 2016 -2017 Preliminary Budget, including discussion and possible direction regarding
all city revenues and expenditures. (Fiscal Impact: Total Revenues (including transfers -in) of
$110,511,276; Total Expenditures (including transfers -out) of $117,176,874; General Fund
Revenues of $67,836,559, Expenditures of $66,599,643)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
(1) Open Public Hearing.
(2) Receive Staff presentation of the 2016 -2017 Preliminary Budget and direct staff
regarding all City revenues and expenditures (includes potential discussion and direction
relating to all City Department revenues and expenditures).
(3) Continue the Public Hearing to September 28, 2016;
(4) Schedule the budget adoption for the September 28, 2016 meeting;
(5) Alternatively discuss and take other action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. FY2016 -2017 Preliminary Budget
2. Summary of changes to the FY 2016 -17 Proposed Budget as presented on September
6, 2016
3. General Fund Reserve Policy
4. Economic Uncertainty Reserve Policy
5. General Fund Reserve Funding Priorities
FISCAL IMPACT: Total Revenues of $110,511,276; Total Expenditures of $117,176,874;
General Fund Revenues of $67,836,559, Expenditures of $66,599,643
Amount Budgeted: $
Additional Appropriation:
Account Number(s):
ORIGINATED BY: Joseph Lillio, Director of Finance
REVIEWED BY: Joseph Lillio, Director of Finance
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
2
1-'1'2016-2017 Byrlge
The City started the budget process by holding a Department Head Strategic Planning Retreat on
May 16, 2016. In this meeting the Department Heads, along with the City Manager, discussed
department priorities for the FY 16 -17 budget and identified short-term and long -term strategic
goals. The City Council and staff held the first Strategic Planning Session on June 22, 2016 and
a second Strategic Planning Session on August 3, 2016. During these two sessions, staff
presented assumptions and estimates that would be used to develop the FY 2016 -2017 Operating
Budget. These two sessions were also engaged City Council and staff to discuss the short-term
and long —term strategic planning goals and objectives for the City. These sessions were led by a
facilitator, Sara Peterson. Based on decisions at these planning sessions, a Budget Study Session
followed on August 28, 2016. At this meeting, Council identified a General Fund reserve policy,
prioritized critical needs and identified items to be included in the FY 2016 -2017 Preliminary
Budget. On September 20th 2016, staff will present the FY 2016 -2017 Preliminary budget for
revenues and expenditures, along with the assumptions and additional positions and items as
approved by Council from prior meetings.
Summary of Assumptions used to prepare FY 2016 -2017 General Fund Budget:
Table 1: Estimated General Fund Balance at September 30, 2016 & September 30, 2017
Beginning Fund Balance at October 1, 2015 $13,154,589
Plus revised estimated revenues for FY 2015 -16 64,629,167
Less revised estimated expenditures for FY 2015 -16 (63,682,184)
Estimated Beginning Fund Balance at October 1, 2016 14,101,572
Plus proposed revenues for FY 2016 -17 67,796,559
Plus proposed change to FY 2016 -17 revenues (VLF swap) 40,000
Less proposed expenditures for FY 2016 -17 (66,642,418)
Less proposed change to FY 2016 -17 expenditures
(expenditure increase) (8,600)
Less proposed change to FY 2016 -17 expenditures 51,375
(expenditure decrease)
Designated reserve requirement (18% of expenditures) $11,987,936
Undesignated General Fund Reserves (revised from
September 6, 2016) $3,350,552
2
Table 2: General Fund Revenues for FY 16 -17 Table 3: General Fund Expenditures for FY 16 -17
Property Taxes
7,094,993
City Attorney
488,250
Sales Tax
12,179,368
City Clerk
374,731
Transient Occupancy Tax
9,600,000
City Council
286,368
Franchise Tax
3,200,000
City Manager
1,102,970
Utility Users Taxes
7,210,000
City Treasurer
319,302
Other Taxes
425,000
Finance
1,929,291
TRA/Chevron
6,250,000
Fire
15,040,916
Business Licenses
11,534,410
Human Resources
817,765
Other Licenses & Permits
1,745,900
Library
2,315,461
Fines & Forfeitures
297,000
Planning & Building Safety
2,704,728
Interest & Rentals
407,000
Police & Information Systems
21,989,427
Intergovernmental
1,541,958
Public Works
7,250,30C
Charges for Services
4,833,259
Recreation & Parks
5,697,115
Other Revenues
1,477,671
Non-department
5,725,79C
fers in Transfers out 600,
Proposed Increase to VLF 40,000 Proposed change to Non - Depart (51,3
Proposed change to IS 8,1
General Fund Revenues
General Fund projected revenues for FY2015 -2016 are estimated at $64,629,167. This is about
$1.4 million over the adopted FY 2015 -16 budget. The FY 2016 -17 revenues are projected to be
$3.2 million or 5% higher than the year -end estimate and $4.6 million over the adopted budget
for fiscal year 2015 -16. This increase is primarily driven by Voters' approval of Measure B in
April of 2016. Measure B approved a rate change from 8% to 12% in the Transient Occupancy
Tax (T.O.T.). In addition, there are two new hotels coming online in FY 2016 -17.
Listed below is a summary of the revenue assumptions as compared to the prior year budget:
• Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT) increase of $3.5 million is the result of the approved rate
change from 8% to 12 %, in addition to the two new /remodeled hotels coming into the
City.
® Sales & Use Tax increase of $1.2 million is based on consumer spending, as provided by
HDL Companies, the City's tax revenue consultant. This amount does not consider the
cessation of the "triple flip" which used to be accounted for under a separate account
called "Sales Tax in- Lieu." The Sales Tax in -Lieu was budgeted at $2.2M for FY 2015-
16 and will be $0 for FY 2016 -17. This tax comes to an end in July 2016. The "triple
flip" was a backfill from the State which was approved by the voters in 2003 under
Proposition 57, to finance the State's Fiscal Recovery Bonds. Under this Proposition, the
State took 1/4 of local agencies' sales tax revenue and backfilled it with like amount in
property taxes. The "triple flip" continued for almost 15 years until the bonds were paid
off in fiscal year 2015 -2016 by the State.
• Franchise Tax is expected to increase by $750,000 or 30.6% due to a recent change of
calculating the municipal surcharge from the sale of natural gas which considers not only
the gross receipts from the sale but also from the annual receipts arising from the use,
operation, or possession of the franchise within the municipality.
• Business License Tax increase of $214,520 or 1.9% is based on business license tax rates
being adjusted by the annual CPI change. In addition, a new business discovery project
identifies non - compliant businesses throughout the City coupled with inter - departmental
effort to cross reference databases to ensure permits and licenses are current.
• Property Tax increase of approximately $394,000 is attributed to continued high property
values, as determined by HDL Companies.
• Utility Users' Tax (UUT) combines all the utility users' taxes from gas, water,
telecommunications, cogenerated electric, and electricity and has a projected net decrease
of $888,000 or 11% under the current year's estimated resources. The most significant
change is due to a projected decrease of $800,000 in Gas and Cogenerated Utility Users'
Tax revenue. These revenue categories are susceptible to market fluctuations to both the
demand and price of natural gas.
• Intergovernmental revenues including VLF (Vehicle License Fees) Swap is expected to
increase $230,658 or 19 %. VLF, a fee charged by the State for operating vehicles on
public streets, is based on 2% of the market value of motor vehicles based on an 11 -year
depreciation schedule. In 1998, legislation was passed to reduce the VLF 25% and 35%
by 2001. As a result of these reductions, cities and counties would have experienced a
significant revenue loss; however, legislation was also passed to backfill this loss as long
as the State General Fund revenues come within certain targets; hence, the title VLF
Swap. Initially, this revenue was called Motor Vehicle License Fees. Since the
September 61' Budget Study Session, this revenue has been increased by an
additional $40,000 resulting from updated estimates from our consultant, HdL.
• Building Permits and Plan Check Fees are projected to increase $250,000 total, to reflect
development activities in the City.
• All other revenues remain flat or have very little growth.
General Fund l xncnditures
FY 2016 -2017 General Fund budgeted expenditures, including transfers out, reflect an increase
of $2.9 million over last year's year -end estimate ($66,599,643 v. $63,682,184). Major increases
2
are attributed to: Workers' Compensation $1.4 million; Group Insurance $829,838; Retirement
(CaIPERS) Contribution $389,386; Leave Payouts $182,700; FICA $109,927; Contractual
Services $187,389; Software Maintenance $62,374; Training Materials $54,100; Training &
Education $39,850; In- Custody Medical Charges $14,900; and Lease Payment $5,950. Some of
these increases are offset by decreases in the following categories: Regular Salaries ($188,782)
due to attrition; 401(a) Contribution ($259,800) due to termination of this benefit.
In addition to the base operating budget, critical infrastructure, technology and positions in an
amount of $3.35 million, that were discussed by City Council at the September 6, 2016 Budget
Study Session, are included in the preliminary budget for Council's review. Below is a list of the
additional $3.35 million in items that have not been included in the General Fund base
expenditure budget. City Council will need to decide how to close the funding gap of $164,350.
i an[e a — risca[ rear zai a -zai i uraaca[ in
.! 71l] �YiiiOf�YII (�i�'iidllLilYf��dl1!ii[N!d
Undesignated GF reserves * - 18% of expenditures $3,350,550
City Council & City Manager Recommended Funding Priorities
#1- CES Turf Replacement $580,000
#2 - Police Roof 400,000
#3 - Annual sidewalk, curb and gutter 250,000
#4 - Arterial & local street rehab ($500k) 400,000
#5 - Marketing (Measure B) 200,000
#6 - Main St. crosswalk lighting 80,000
#7 - Centennial Celebration 50,000
#8 - Fiber Project
350,000
#9 - CAD / RMS Replacement ($310k)
80,000
#10 - Community Cameras and Fixed License Plate Readers ($125k
over 3 yrs)
125,000
#11- Technology (Tele -staff $56.1k, Doc Imaging $100k, additional
technology /website needs $100k) $
256,100
#12 - Staffing Requests - $876,900 /year ongoing (see attachment 5
for itemization) $
671,900
#13 - Fire Station Alert System
71,900
Total Requests $
3,514,900
Undesignated GF Reserves Remaining Balance $
Transfers from the General Fund: Consistent with the prior years, $350,000 will be
transferred from the General Fund to the Facilities Maintenance Fund to cover unforeseen or
emergency repairs throughout the City. This amount is on top of the $1.8 million allocated for
maintenance of government buildings under the Public Works Department. In addition, staff is
proposing a $250,000 transfer to the Economic Uncertainty Fund. This brings the total of the
Economic Uncertainty Fund reserve to $1.5 million
other Fnndlc
Internal Service Funds
The Internal Service Funds, which include Equipment Replacement, General Liability, and
Workers' Compensation, are used to accumulate and allocate costs internally among the City's
various functions.
The Equipment Replacement Fund will charge 100% of the annual equipment replacement
charge to all funds, or $1.8 million. Total expenditures of $5,297,300 are the FY 2016 -2017
estimated costs to purchase items that are scheduled for replacement. Actual purchases will be
reviewed based on equipment conditions. There is enough accumulated fund balance to fund for
these items.
The General Liability and Workers' Compensation Funds have been funded at the actuarially
determined expected rate. The City obtained the latest actuarial valuations of the City's General
Liability and Workers' Compensation actuarial valuation in May 2016. This resulted in a total
worker's compensation charge to other funds of $2,188,434.
Enterprise Funds
The Enterprise Funds include Water and Sewer Funds. These funds also include an additional
Capital Outlay amount of $3.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively, which is funded through
reserves for Capital Projects within the funds.
The Golf Course Fund has debt service payments to the General Fund and Equipment
Replacement Fund. However, if the full amount of the outstanding amount payable to these
funds exceeds the fund balance in the Golf Course Fund, then repayment cannot be made in that
year. Collectively, these are all separate funds where the City charges a fee to customers to cover
the costs of services it provides.
Below is a budget summary of the three Enterprise Funds:
2
Table 5 — Enterprise Funds Budget — Fiscal Year 2016 -2017
Summary
The City Council's FY 2015 -16 reserve policy directed the General Fund reserve to increase
from current level of 19% to 20% of the greater of appropriated revenues or expenditures for FY
2016 -17. City Council has the discretion to slowdown the rate of achieving the 20% reserve by
setting the actual funding of the reserve to be less than 20% for FY 2016 -17 with the objective of
funding the 20% in future years.
On August 29, 2016, four options were presented for City Council's consideration in
determining the level of General Fund reserves. City Council unanimously directed staff to
proceed with reserve policy option 4, 18% of General Fund expenditures for the FY 2016 -17
Budget.
Overall, General Fund Revenues are growing at a rate of 5% compared to the 2015 -16 year -end
estimate. The FY 2016 -17 General Fund budgeted expenditures, including transfers out, show an
increase of $2.2 million over last year's adopted budget and an increase of $2.9million of last
year's estimated year -end expenditures.
In addition to the base operating budget, some critical infrastructure, technology and positions in
an amount of $3.35 million will be discussed by City Council for possible approval.
The General Fund budgeted revenues exceed the General Fund budgeted expenditures by $1.2
million. This enables the City Council to address critical infrastructure needs, deferred
maintenance and repairs, critical technology upgrades, and organizational structural needs in the
FY 2016 -17 budget, while continuing to fund reserves. The General Fund will have a reserve
policy of 18% of expenditures as approved by City Council on August 29, 2016, or $12 million.
The Economic Uncertainty Fund will have a reserve level at $1.5 million.
The next step in the FY 2016 -2017 budget process is the second public hearing and final budget
adoption on September 28, 2016.
2
Water
Wastewater
Golf Course
Revenues
$
29,627,487
$
3,310,355
$
1,842,000
Operating Expenditures
$
26,547,583
$
3,557,418
$
1,936,375
Net Operating
$
3,079,904
$
(247,063)
$
(94,375)
Capital Outlay
$
3,300,000
$
2,930,000
$
0
Summary
The City Council's FY 2015 -16 reserve policy directed the General Fund reserve to increase
from current level of 19% to 20% of the greater of appropriated revenues or expenditures for FY
2016 -17. City Council has the discretion to slowdown the rate of achieving the 20% reserve by
setting the actual funding of the reserve to be less than 20% for FY 2016 -17 with the objective of
funding the 20% in future years.
On August 29, 2016, four options were presented for City Council's consideration in
determining the level of General Fund reserves. City Council unanimously directed staff to
proceed with reserve policy option 4, 18% of General Fund expenditures for the FY 2016 -17
Budget.
Overall, General Fund Revenues are growing at a rate of 5% compared to the 2015 -16 year -end
estimate. The FY 2016 -17 General Fund budgeted expenditures, including transfers out, show an
increase of $2.2 million over last year's adopted budget and an increase of $2.9million of last
year's estimated year -end expenditures.
In addition to the base operating budget, some critical infrastructure, technology and positions in
an amount of $3.35 million will be discussed by City Council for possible approval.
The General Fund budgeted revenues exceed the General Fund budgeted expenditures by $1.2
million. This enables the City Council to address critical infrastructure needs, deferred
maintenance and repairs, critical technology upgrades, and organizational structural needs in the
FY 2016 -17 budget, while continuing to fund reserves. The General Fund will have a reserve
policy of 18% of expenditures as approved by City Council on August 29, 2016, or $12 million.
The Economic Uncertainty Fund will have a reserve level at $1.5 million.
The next step in the FY 2016 -2017 budget process is the second public hearing and final budget
adoption on September 28, 2016.
2
PLACE HOLDER
ITEM #2 — ATTACHMENT #1—
FY 2016 -2017 PRELIMINARY BUDGET
THE ATTACHMENT HAS BEEN POSTED SEPERATELY ON THE
CITY'S WEBSITE —
http://www.elsegundo.org/depts/elected/agendas-asp
See Council Meeting Agenda Packet 08 -29 -16 SPECIAL —
Item #3 - FY 16/17 Proposed Budget
Any questions or concerns, please contact the City Clerk's Office at 310 - 524 -2306
2
Exhibit 2
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
BUDGET REVISIONS LIST
FISCAL YEAR 2016 -2017 ADOPTED BUDGET
Proposed Revenue Budget - General Fund
Increase in VLF Swap
Revised Revenue Budget - General Fund
Proposed Expenditure Budget, Including Transfers Out - General Fund
Police
IS - Increase in Network Operating Charges
Non - Department
Decrease in Building Lease Charge
Revised Expenditure Budget, Including Transfers Out - General Fund
Proposed Revenue Budget, Including Transfers In - Other Funds
Proposed Expenditure Budget - Other Funds
$ 67,796,559
40,000
$ 67,836,559
$ 66,642,418
8,600
(51,375)
$ 66,599,643
$ 42,674,717
$ 51,903,818
Residential Sound Insulation Fund (116)
Salaries and Benefits (1,116,887)
Maintenance and Operations (209,700)
Revised Expenditure Budget, Including Transfers Out - Other Funds $ 50,577,231
Revised Revenue Budget, Including Transfers In - All Funds
Revised Expenditure Budget, Including Transfers Out - All Funds
$ 110,511,276
$ 117,176,874
EXHIBIT 3
Fund Balance Policy
Purpose - To mitigate current and future risks and to ensure a
balanced budget
While our financial reserves provide us security against
unexpected emergencies and contingencies, our policies for setting
those target levels should be periodically reviewed to balance our
community's level of risk tolerance against our operating
expenditure needs.
1. Beginning with the Fund Balance for Fiscal Year ended
September 30, 2017, establish target General Fund
Unreserved, Undesignated Fund Balance at a minimum of
18% of General Fund Expenditures.
2. For Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2018, increase the
target General Fund Unreserved, Undesignated Fund Balance
at a minimum of 18% of General Fund Expenditures, with a
maximum target of 20 %.
3. For Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2019, increase the
target General Fund Unreserved, Undesignated Fund Balance
at a minimum of 18% of General Fund Expenditures, with a
maximum target of 20 %.
4. The long -term General Fund reserve policy objective is to
increase the target General Fund Unreserved, Undesignated
Fund Balance to 20% of General Fund Expenditures.
9/14/16 3:18 PM
4
EXHIBIT 3
Balanced Cj.?erat ink Budget
The City Council's policy is that General Fund annually adopted
Appropriations must not exceed General Fund annually adopted
Estimated Revenues.
9/14/16 3:18 PM
4
10.14111:31E!
Revenue Offset Reserve Policy
Purpose - To mitigate current and future risks due to fluctuations in the
City's -5 core tax revenues (net of Chevron). These core revenues are Sales
and Use Tax, Sales Tax in Lieu, Business License_Taxz Traiisierit
Occupancy Tax, Franchise Tax, and the Utility Users Taxes-
Based on a staff recommendation the City Council has elected to adopt a
Revenue Offset Reserve Policy to address the instability of the City's Core
Revenues.
t. r
r- I M I I I I
®r-,
NO
21 .For Fiscal Year ending September 30, 241-52017, increase Revenue
Off-set Resefv° the Economic Fund Uncertainty_Balance to by —an
addifiena4 $1,500,000498# -by transferring $250,000 from General
Fund Revenues, if after the fund balance calculation there is available
excess fund balance to transfer.
Thresholds established:
a. Minimum balance of $1,500,000.
b. The maximum balance shall be $29000,000.
4-.3. Once target level is reached, transfer- the °�^°ss into the
reevaluate the
appropriate funding level each fiscal-year during the budget adoption
process.
Use of Reserves
9 f 4 16 3:21 PM°/ 14,116 2:?- 6 PM
1
4
EXHIBIT 4
This policy requires that these funds be used for balancing the General Fund
Operating Budget in those years when the core revenues are experiencing
downward swings.
Annually, to determine if the Fund reserves should be used to offset revenue
loss, staff will calculate the baseline 10 -year rolling average for the
aggregate of the 5 revenue categories. In a year that the revenues are under
performing to this calculation reserves will be transferred to the General
Fund to offset this loss of revenue and reported to Council during budget
adoption.
If revenues are over performing to this calculation the above minimum,
maximum and target level funding instructions should be followed. The
excess revenue shall be used to achieve the maximum reserve funding level
eF tyansfeffed to the u rlesigna•ted bark-IT-11-1 1-1n .- Phe ].'ee _ e rr..
T I eefha1\nty f'iun/i
9/14/16 3:21 PMV7 kW ':?�;-,z''T�
4
EXHIBIT 4
Revenue Offset Reserve Policy
Purpose - To mitigate current and future risks due to fluctuations in the
City's core tax revenues (net of Chevron). These core revenues are Sales
and Use Tax, Business License Tax, Transient Occupancy Tax, Franchise
Tax, and the Utility Users Taxes.
Based on a staff recommendation the City Council has elected to adopt a
Revenue Offset Reserve Policy to address the instability of the City's Core
Revenues.
�. For Fiscal Year ending September 30, 2017, increase the Economic
Fund Uncertainty Balance to $1,500,000 by transferring $250,000
from General Fund Revenues, if after the fund balance calculation
there is available excess fund balance to transfer.
2. Thresholds established:
a. Minimum balance of $1,500,000.
b. The maximum balance shall be $2,000,000.
3. Once target level is reached, reevaluate the appropriate funding level
each fiscal year during the budget adoption process.
This policy requires that these funds be used for balancing the General Fund
Operating Budget in those years when the core revenues are experiencing
downward swings.
Annually, to determine if the Fund reserves should be used to offset revenue
loss, staff will calculate the baseline 10 -year rolling average for the
aggregate of the 5 revenue categories. In a year that the revenues are under
performing to this calculation reserves will be transferred to the General
Fund to offset this loss of revenue and reported to Council during budget
adoption.
EXHIBIT 4
If revenues are over performing to this calculation the above minimum,
maximum and target level funding instructions should be followed. The
excess revenue shall be used to achieve the maximum reserve funding level
($2.0 M).
9/14/16 3:21 PM- 1 -4frf1
4 1
Undesignated GF reserves * -18% of expenditures $3,350,550 I
City Council & City Manager Recommended Funding Priorities
#1- CES Turf Replacement
$580,000
#2 - Police Roof
400,000
#3 - Annual sidewalk, curb and gutter
250,000
#4 - Arterial & local street rehab ($500k)
400,000
#5 - Marketing (Measure B)
200,000
#6 - Main St. crosswalk lighting
80,000
#7 - Centennial Celebration
50,000
#8 - Fiber Project
350,000
#9 - CAD / RMS Replacement ($310k)
80,000
#10 - Community Cameras and Fixed License Plate Readers ($125k over 3
yrs)
125,000
#11 - Technology (Tale -staff $56.1k, Doc Imaging $100k, additional
technology /website needs $100k) $
256,100
#12 - Staffing Requests ($876,900 /year ongoing) $
671,900
Emergency Management Coordinator ($140k /year - $105k for FY 16 -17)
IS Director ($226k /yr - $132k for FY 16 -17)
Restore CUPA position ($124k /year - $93k for FY 16 -17)
Equipment Mechanic II - New Position - $87,000
Community Cameras /Fixed License Plate Readers (add'I IS Specialist $128k /yr -
$96k for FY 16 -17))
Red City Clerk Records Tech from P/T to F/T - $50,900
Add City Eng /Eliminate 1 Principal Civil Eng - $28k
Additional P/T Rec Park P/T salaries - $10k
Library 3 P/T positions into 1 FTE - $13k /year - $0 for FY 16 -17
Fire reclass FF to FF Paramedic - $12k
Parks reclass 2 P/T maint to 2 F/T - $58k
#13 - Fire Station Alert System
71,900
Total Requests $
3,514,900
Undesignated GF Reserves Remaining Balance $ (164,350)1
* Excludes any reserves for labor groups' negotiations.
2
W
!Z
L
LU
LL
N
LL
Q
O
a
°d
O
p p
Z
SLL
111
VJ
W
LL
}O
U
3
pm�p o 851r 51 ^? . .
iuor p 1 oq , Ippr�� ' F OmI f�IO {OyyNNO�Nti
1010 {7 10�1C�-
N 11777 10
LL p K
ZZ
• g' 13:
W
�n
110
iI
11110�9caf�
N
08
N
N
y
4 �
b
a
z
LU
W
{7
o�
w
a
w
t�
p
9
I
m
a
U
e
5�
p
R°
D O
Y 2
W W
E x
L) v
a � g
uj \
w
c
d
b
n
u LL
N g
m x a
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER
8/29/16 THROUGH 9/11116
Date
Payee
Descri tion
8/29/2016
IRS
252,936.03
Federal 941 Deposit
8/29/2016
Employment Development
3,528.98
State SDI payment
8/29/2016
Employment Development
52,750.06
State PIT Withholding
8/31/2016
Unum
193.50
Long Term Care Premium
8/31/2016
Cal Pars
1,554.21
EFT Retirement Safety- Fire -PEPRA New
8/31/2016
Cal Pars
4,905.37
EFT Retirement Safety- Police -PEPRA New
8/31/2016
Cal Pars
28,810.22
EFT Retirement Misc - PEPRA New
8/31/2016
Cal Pars
104,219.73
EFT Retirement Misc - Classic
8/31/2016
Cal Pars
285,886.63
EFT Retirement Safety
9/212016
Health Comp
8,182.60
Weekly claims
9/9/2016
Manufacturers & Traders
20,603.04
457 payment Vantagepoint
9/9/2016
Manufacturers & Traders
527.31
IRA payment Vantagepoint
9/9/2016
Nationwide NRS EFT
53,331.62
EFT 457 payment
9/9/2016
State of CA EFT
1,006.91
EFT Child support payment
9/7/2016
Cal Pars
467,370.41
EFT Health Insurance Payment
9/1/2016
Lane Donovan Golf Ptr
24,164.76
Payroll Transfer
8/22/16- 8/28/16
Workers Comp Activity
10,424.50
SCRMA checks issued
8/29/16- 9/4/16
Workers Comp Activity
20,350.91
SCRMA checks issued
8/22/16 - 8/28/16
Liability Trust - Claims
5,211.00
Claim checks issued
8/29/16- 9/4/16
Liability Trust - Claims
0.00
Claim checks issued
8/22/16 - 8/28/16
Retiree Health Insurance
0.00
Health Reimbursment checks issued
8/29/16- 9/4/16
Retiree Health Insurance
35,036.66
Health Reimbursment checks issued
1,380,994.45
DATE OF RATIFICATION: 9/8/16
TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE: 1,380,994.45
Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by:
Deputy City Treasurer II
y e1i6
Date
Date
g -/3 -/4
Date
Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo.
PACity TreasurerlWire TranskrMir® Transfere 10 -01 -16 to 9 -30 -16 9/8/2016 1/1
4
SPECIAL MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
MONDAY, AUGUST 29, 2016 — 4:00 PM
(Committees, Commissions and Board Interviews and Budget Workshop)
4:00 P.M. SESSION
CALL TO ORDER— Mayor Fuentes at 4:00 PM
ROLL CALL
Mayor Fuentes -
Present
Mayor Pro Tern Boyles -
Present
Council Member Dugan -
Present
Council Member Brann -
Present
Council Member Pirsztuk -
Present
SPECIAL ORDERS OF BUSINESS:
Consideration and possible action to interview candidates for the Planning Commission,
Environmental Committee, Library Board of Trustees and Senior Citizen Housing
Corporation Board.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Interviewed candidates; the following appointments will be announced at the 7:00 PM, September
6, 2016 City Council Meeting. Ryan Baldino and Brenda Newman to the Planning Commission to
full terms expiring June 30, 2020; Janice Merva to the Library Board of Trustees to a full term
expiring June 30, 2019; Martin Stone and Patricia Gerber to the Senior Citizen Housing
Corporation Board to full terms expiring June 30, 2020 and Kristi Zeman to a partial term expiring
June 30, 2019 and Caroline Hawks to a full term expiring June 30, 2020 to the Environmental
Committee.
Recessed at 6:18 PM
Reconvened at 6:58 PM
BUDGET WORKSHOP — OPEN SESSION
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE — Council Member Dugan
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only) — 5 minute limit per person, 30
minute limit total)
Penny Armstrong, Library Board of Trustees and resident, commented on the Library's request for
a full time librarian.
Sara Whelan, Library Board of Trustees and resident, commented on the Library's request for a full
time librarian.
2. Consideration and possible action regarding adoption of a Resolution authorizing the City
Manager to execute a contract, accepting $47,674.00 in grant funding from the Department
of Alcoholic Beverage Control (ABC).
(Fiscal Impact: $0.00). A4
Greg Carpenter, City Manager, introduced the item,
MOTION by Council Member Brann, SECONDED by Council Member Dugan to adopt Resolution
No. 4996, authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with the ABC, accepting
$47,674.00 in grant funding. MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE. 5/0.
3. Consideration and possible action regarding City Council guidance to staff for preparing the
Fiscal Year 2016 -2017 Proposed Budget. Staff will present Fiscal Year 2015 -2016 third
quarter updates, challenges /limitations, assumptions associated with preparation and
planning of the upcoming fiscal year budget.
(Fiscal Impact: None).
Greg Carpenter, City Manager, introduced and presented the budget.
Joe Lillio, Finance Director, presented the Fiscal Year 2015 -2016 third quarter updates,
challenges /limitations and assumptions associated with preparation and planning of the upcoming
fiscal year budget.
Council discussion and questions answered throughout presentation on third quarter updates.
Joe Lillio, Finance Director, presented the Fiscal Year 2016 -2017 Proposed Operating Budget.
Staff answered Council questions.
Recess at 7:50 PM
Reconvened at 8:02 PM
Discussion regarding the Reserve Policy Options, ( #1 -4) as prioritized by the City Manager.
Staff answered Council questions pertaining to the items presented in Option #4.
MOTION by Mayor Pro Tern Boyles, SECONDED by Council Member Brann to support Option #4;
taking a stance of 18% of expenditures only, leaving undesignated general fund reserves of
approximately $3.2 million. MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE. 5/0
Appropriating the $3.2 million from the general fund will be moved to the September 6, 2016 City
Council Meeting.
Discussion regarding Budget Neutral Requests, Budget Requests from other Funds and Additional
General Fund Budget Requests — Unfunded.
Council Discussion
Sam Lee, Planning Building and Safety, gave a presentation on his department's Budget Neutral
Request.
Staff answered Council questions regarding the Budget Neutral Requests, Budget Requests from
other Funds and Additional General Fund Budget Requests — Unfunded.
The Budget Workshop will continue to the September 6, 2016 Council Meeting.
September 20, 2016 is the first reading of the Proposed FY 2016 -17 Budget.
September 28, 2016 is the second reading and adoption of the FY 2016 -17 adoption.
ADJOURNMENT at 9:45 PM
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
SPECIAL MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6, 2015 — 4:00 P.M.
Committees, Commissions and Boards - Interview of Candidates
(Possibly will continue and run simultaneously with the regular scheduled 5 PM City Council Meeting)
CALL TO ORDER — 4:05 PM
ROLL CALL
Mayor Fuentes -
Present
Mayor Pro Tern Boyles -
Present
Council Member Dugan -
Present
Council Member Brann -
Present
Council Member Pirsztuk -
Present
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS - (Related to City Business Only - 5 minute limit per person, 30 minute
limit total). None
SPECIAL MATTERS: -1 - matter
Consideration and possible action to interview candidates for the Arts and Culture Advisory
Committee and Technology Committee.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Interviewed Candidates
No appointments were made at this time, interviews will continue to a future meeting.
Adjourned at 6:15 PM and moved into the regularly scheduled 5:00 PM meeting.
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
REGULAR MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6, 2016 — 5:00 PM
5:00 P.M. SESSION
CALL TO ORDER — Mayor Fuentes at 5:00 PM
ROLL CALL
Mayor Fuentes -
Present
Mayor Pro Tern Boyles -
Present
Council Member Dugan -
Present
Council Member Brann -
Present
Council Member Pirsztuk -
Present
PUBLIC COMMUNICATION — (Related to City Business Only — 5 minute limit per
person, 30 minute limit total) None
SPECIAL ORDER OF BUSINESS:
CLOSED SESSION:
The City Council may move into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including
the Brown Act (Government Code Section §54960, et seq.) for the purposes of
conferring with the City's Real Property Negotiator; and /or conferring with the City
Attorney on potential and /or existing litigation; and /or discussing matters covered under
Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel); and /or conferring with the City's Labor
Negotiators; as follows:
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — EXISTING LITIGATION (Gov't Code
§54956.9(d)(1): -2- matter
1. City of El Segundo vs. City of Los Angeles, et.al. LASC Case No. BS094279
2. Lewis vs. City of El Segundo. EAMS No. ADJ9634084, ADJ9634079
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — ANTICIPATED LITIGATION
Significant exposure to litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956.9(d)(2): -1-
matter.
Initiation of litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956.9 (d)(4): -2- matters.
DISCUSSION OF PERSONNEL MATTERS (Gov't Code §54957):-2- matter
Public Employee Performance Evaluation
Title: City Manager
Public Employee Performance Evaluation
Title: City Attorney
APPOINTMENT OF PUBLIC EMPLOYEE (Gov't. Code § 54957): -0- matter
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT (Gov't Code § 54957) -0- matter
CONFERENCE WITH CITY'S LABOR NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54957.6):-6-
matters
Employee Organizations: Employee Organizations: Police Management
Association; Police Officers Association; Police Support Services Employees
Association; Fire Fighters Association; Supervisory and Professional Employees
Association; Employees Association;
Agency Designated Representative: Steve Filarsky and City Manager
CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54956.8): -0-
matters
Adjourned at 6:50 PM
2
REGULAR MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6, 2016 - 7:00 P.M.
7:00 P.M. SESSION
CALL TO ORDER — Mayor Fuentes at 7:00 PM
INVOCATION —Jim Chaney, Church of the Beach Cities
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE — Council Member Pirsztuk
PRESENTATIONS
a) Presentation by Meredith Petit, Recreation and Parks Director and Stu Issac,
Issac Sports Group, gave an update of the Wiseburn /EI Segundo Aquatics
Center. Council discussed and asked questions.
Recessed at 8:23 PM
Reconvened at 8:30 PM
ROLL CALL
Mayor Fuentes -
Present
Mayor Pro Tem Boyles -
Present
Council Member Dugan -
Present
Council Member Brann -
Present
Council Member Pirsztuk -
Present
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only — 5 minute limit per
person, 30 minute limit total)
Marcos Song, Southern California Labor Compliance, commented on agenda item
#E17.
CITY COUNCIL COMMENTS — (Related to Public Communications)
A. PROCEDURAL MOTIONS
Consideration of a motion to read all ordinances and resolutions on the Agenda by title
only.
MOTION by Council Member Brann, SECONDED by Mayor Pro Tern Boyles to read all
ordinances and resolutions on the agenda by title only. MOTION PASSED BY
UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE. 5/0.
B. SPECIAL ORDERS OF BUSINESS (PUBLIC HEARING)
C. UNFINISHED BUSINESS
(ITEMS C1 AND C2 SWITCHED ORDER)
2. Consideration and possible action to modify the El Segundo Ambulance
Transport Fee Structure.
(Fiscal Impact: Unknown)
Greg Carpenter, City Manager, introduced the item.
Chris Donovan, Fire Chief, gave a presentation and answered Council's questions.
Council Discussion
MOTION by Mayor Pro Tern, SECONDED by Council Member Brann approving the
adoption of the Annual Los Angeles County General Public Ambulance Rates in its
entirety and eliminate the residential co -pay for ambulance transport as of July 2016.
MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE. 5/0.
Continuation of the August 29, 2016 special meeting to consider action regarding
City Council guidance to staff for preparing the Fiscal Year 2016 -2017 Proposed
Budget. Staff will present the City Manager's recommended funding priorities
associated with the General Fund reserve policy of 18% (option 4) and ask
Council for direction on the prioritization of the recommended priorities.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Greg Carpenter, City Manager, introduced the item.
Joe Lillio, Finance Director, gave a presentation and answered Council's questions.
Council Discussion
Council provided direction on the City Manager's priorities for the Fiscal Year 2016-
2017 Proposed Operating Budget. Council directed staff to present a plan, to solve the
$300,000.00 gap, with a look at reprioritizing the items discussed and requested each
department justify personnel requests. The proposed budget will be brought back to the
September 20th Council meeting for final discussion and adoption of the budget at a
Special Meeting on September 28, 2016.
Council consensus stated that going forward, changes to the Organizational Chart must
be justified whether adding or reorganizing staff in a department.
al
1 Consideration and possible action to dissolve existing Community Cable
Advisory Committee and possibly combine it with another established
Commission or Committee.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Greg Carpenter, City Manager, introduced the item.
Meredith Petit, Recreation and Parks Director reported on the item.
Council Discussion
MOTION by Council Member Brann, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk
approving the dissolution of the existing Community Cable Advisory Committee and
combine with the newly formed Arts and Culture Advisory Committee. MOTION
PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE. 5/0.
D. REPORTS OF COMMITTEES, COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS
4. Consideration and possible action to form a Subcommittee to study alternatives
and develop a recommendation for Planning Commission and City Council
consideration on development standards that regulate second story additions
and new two -story homes in the R -1 zone.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Greg Carpenter, City Manager, introduced the item.
Sam Lee, Planning and Building Safety Director, answered Council's questions.
Council Discussion
Council consensus giving direction to the Planning Commission to form a subcommittee
to study alternatives to the modulation requirements in the Single - Family Residential (R-
1) Zone. Council Member Dugan will be on the Subcommittee representing Council.
5. Consideration and possible action to announce the appointments to the Planning
Commission, Environmental Committee, Library Board of Trustees and Senior
Citizen Housing Corporation Board.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Mayor Fuentes announced the appointments of Ryan Baldino and Brenda Newman to
the Planning Commission to full terms expiring June 30, 2020; appointed Janice Merva
to the Library Board of Trustees to a full term expiring June 30, 2019; appointed Martin
Stone and Patricia Gerber to the Senior Citizen Housing Corporation Board to full terms
expiring June 30, 2020 and appointed Kristi Zeman to a partial term expiring June 30,
2019 and Caroline Hawks to a full term expiring June 30, 2020 to the Environmental
Committee. The interviews for these appointments were held on August 29th, 2016 at a
Special City Council- Meeting.
E. CONSENT AGENDA
All items listed are to be adopted by one motion without discussion and passed
unanimously. If a call for discussion of an item is made, the item(s) will be considered
individually under the next heading of business.
6. Approve Warrant Numbers 3012487 through 3012826 on Register No. 22 in the
total amount of $1,538,236.60 and Wire Transfers from 8/8/16 through 8/28/16
in the total amount of $3,410,715.17. Ratified Payroll and Employee Benefit
checks; checks released early due to contracts or agreement; emergency
disbursements and /or adjustments; and wire transfers.
7. Approve Special Strategic Planning Minutes of August 3, 2016, Special Meeting
Minutes of August 10, 2016, Special Meeting Minutes of August 15, 2016 and
Regular City Council Meeting Minutes of August 16, 2016.
8. Approve a Side Letter between the City of El Segundo and the Supervisory and
Professional Employees' Association (SPEA), Amendment No. 4064C, a revised
Class Specification for the classification of Environmental Safety Manager, and
examination plan for Environmental Safety Manager.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
9. Accept as complete the FY 2014/15 and 2015/16 Sidewalk, Curb and Gutter
Replacement Project and authorize the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion
in the County Recorder's Office. Project No. PW 14 -16.
(Fiscal Impact: $729,063.00)
10. PULLED BY COUNCIL MEMBER BRANN
11. Approve, receive and file the request to allow a Type 47 alcohol license for a new
restaurant with outdoor seating. This request will modify and supersede a
previously- approved administrative use permit for Whole Foods Market at Plaza
El Segundo (760 South Sepulveda Boulevard), in the Commercial Center (C -4)
zone. Applicant: Mrs. Gooch's Natural Foods Markets, Inc.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
12. PULLED BY COUNCIL MEMBER DUGAN
11 Authorize the City Manager to execute a standard Public Works Contract No
5195, in a form approved by the City Attorney, with Stephen Doreck
Equipment Rentals, Inc. in the amount of $124,270.00 for the Water Valve
Replacement Project at multiple locations on the following streets: Hillcrest
St., Cedar St., Holly Ave., Walnut Ave., Mariposa Ave. and Eucalyptus St. and
n
authorize additional contingency of $18,640.50 for unforeseen conditions. Project
No. PW16 -24.
(Fiscal Impact: $142,910.50)
14. Approve, receive and file a request for a new on -site sale and consumption of
alcohol (Type 47 ABC License) for a lobby /bar area of new hotel (Hampton Inn &
Suites) under construction at 888 North Sepulveda Blvd, EA No. 1153, AUP
No. 16 -04. Applicant: Michael Haslett c/o OTO Development.
(Fiscal Impact: N /A)
15. Approve, receive and file a request for a new on -site sale and consumption of
alcohol (Type 41 ABC License) for a new restaurant (Ocean Market Grill No. 2)
under construction at a new commercial center (Elevon at El Segundo) located at
735 N. Douglas Street, EA No. 1156, AUP No. 16 -05, CUP No. 16 -03.
Applicant: Efthemios Tsiboukas
(Fiscal Impact: N /A)
16. Approve, receive and file a request for a new on -site sale and consumption of
alcohol (Type 41 ABC License) for a new restaurant (Lisa's Bon Appetit) under
construction at a new commercial center (Elevon at El Segundo) located at
747 N. Douglas Street, EA No. 1159, CUP No. 16 -04, AUP No. 16 -07.
Applicant: Susanne Alexander
(Fiscal Impact: N /A)
17. PULLE D BY STAFF FOR CLARIFICATION
MOTION by Council Member Brann, SECONDED by Council Member Dugan to
approve Consent Agenda items 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14, 15, and 16. MOTION PASSED
BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE. 5/0
PULLED ITEMS:
10. Consideration and possible action regarding a request from the El Segundo
Kiwanis Club to operate a Beer Garden on public right of way at the 40th Annual
Richmond Street Fair on Saturday, September 24, 2016 from 11:00 am — 5:00
pm.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
MOTION by Council Member Brann, SECONDED by Council Member Dugan approving
the request from the El Segundo Kiwanis Club to operate a Beer Garden on public right
of way at the 40th Annual Richmond Street Fair on Saturday, September 24, 2016 from
11:00 am — 5:00 pm., subject to compliance with all Alcohol Beverage Commission
regulations and permits. MOTION PASSED BY VOICE VOTE. 4/1 YES: Boyles, Brann,
Dugan, Pirsztuk NO: Fuentes
7
12. Consideration and possible action to award a standard Public Works Contract
to Kana Subsurface Engineering for the Water Meter Replacement Project in
Commercial Area Project. Project No. PW 10 -04
(Fiscal Impact: $1,186.088.00)
MOTION by Council Member Brann, SECONDED by Mayor Pro Tern Boyles
authorizing the City Manager to execute a standard Public Works Contract No. 5194, in
a form approved by the City Attorney, with Kana Subsurface Engineering in the amount
of $1,031,381.00 for the Water Meter Replacement Project in Commercial Area East of
Sepulveda Blvd. and Smokey Hollow area and authorize additional contingency of
$154,707.00 for unforeseen conditions. Project No. PW16 -04. MOTION PASSED BY
VOICE VOTE. 4/1 YES: Boyles, Brann, Fuentes, Pirsztuk NO: Dugan
17. Consideration and possible action to 1) award a standard Public Works contract
Letner Roofing Company for the Fire Station 1 Roof Replacement Project, 2)
reject all bids for the Police Department Roof Replacement Project and 3) adopt
plans and specifications for the Police Department roof and authorize staff to
advertise for the receipt of construction bids; PW No. 15 -18.
(Fiscal Impact: $333,000.00)
Council Discussion
Stephanie Katsouleas answered Council's questions.
MOTION by Council Member Brann, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk to award
a standard Public Works Contract No. 5196 to Letner Roofing Company for the Fire
Station 1 Roof Replacement Project and the Police Department Roof Replacement
Project, directed staff to remove the Police Department Roof Replacement Project from
the contract, adopt plans and specifications for the Police Department roof and
authorize staff to advertise for the receipt of construction bids; PW No. 15 -18. MOTION
PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE. 5/0
F. NEW BUSINESS
18, Adopt Resolution declaring that the El Segundo City Council opposes the Los
Angeles County Metropolitan Authority's proposed transportation ballot measure
(Measure M) to be voted on this November by Los Angeles County voters.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Greg Carpenter, City Manager introduced the item.
Council Discussion
MOTION by Council Member Dugan, SECONDED by Mayor Pro Tern Boyles to adopt
Resolution No. 4497. MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE. 5/0
G. REPORTS — CITY MANAGER — None
H. REPORTS — CITY ATTORNEY - None
REPORTS — CITY CLERK — None
J. REPORTS — CITY TREASURER — Not present
K. REPORTS — CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS
Council Member Brann — Thanked all that applied for the Committees, Commissions
and Boards and saluted El Segundo Unified School District for improving test scores,
Council Member Pirsztuk — Welcomed the Los Angeles Lakers and UCLA to El
Segundo.
Council Member Dugan — None
Mayor Pro Tern Boyles — None
Mayor Fuentes — Attended the press conference for the Los Angeles Lakers and the
UCLA Health Training Center partnership, attended the El Segundo Car Show, attended
the South West Defense Alliance Multi State Senate Conference in San Diego, attended
the National Women's Caucus held at the Hilton Garden in El Segundo and attended a
meeting, along with the Mayor Pro Tem and the City Manager, with the Director of the
Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG).
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only — 5 minute limit per
person, 30 minute limit total) None
MEMORIALS — None
ADJOURNMENT at 10:55 PM
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
I
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: September 20, 2016
AGENDA STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
Consideration and possible action regarding authorization for the Police Department to
purchase (23) Suppressed SIG Sauer SIGMCX 5.56MM patrol /SWAT rifles, optics and
related equipment using Asset Forfeiture Funds. (Fiscal Impact: Not to exceed $67,000)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
1) Authorize the Police Department to purchase (23) Suppressed SIG Sauer SIGMCX
patrol /SWAT rifles, optics and related equipment and sell back up to (23) Colt AR -15's
and related optics.
2) Authorize the Police Department to purchase these rifles through Adamson Police
Products.
3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
(3) Vendor Quotes/Buy Back Offers — Adamson Police Products, All State Police
Equipment, and Pro Force Law Enforcement.
FISCAL IMPACT: $67,000
Amount Budgeted: $67,000 — Asset Forfeiture
Additional Appropriation: N/A
Account Number(s): 109 - 400 - 3105 -6241
ORIGINATED BY: Raymond Garcia, Lieutenant +
REVIEWED BY: Mitch Tavera, Chief of Police
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager ,
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
Staff requests approval from Council to utilize existing Asset Forfeiture funds for the purchase of
(23) Suppressed SIGMCX 5.56MM patrol /SWAT rifles, optics and related equipment. This
purchase request is for the replacement of (23) Colt AR -15 patrol /SWAT rifles (non- suppressed),
which the majority of these rifles were placed into service in 1997. It is staff's opinion our
current inventory of patrol rifles have reached their maximum police utility and are in need of
replacement. Due to the number of training rounds fired through each weapon, the rifle barrels
and other internal components are in need of replacement. Further, due to the everyday wear and
tear associated with patrol use and exposure to the salt air, many of the external rifle components
are in need of replacement /repair (optics, hand guards, flash suppressors and dust covers).
Refurbishing these weapons is expensive and not cost effective. Further, changing out any such
components can compromise the functionality and rifle effectiveness, which would endanger 15
police personnel and the general public.
Since the Colt AR -15's were placed into service, it has been determined the noise generated by
firing these rifles was an extreme hazard to police personnel. To mitigate permanent hearing
loss /damage, all police personnel have been required to wear hearing protection during annual
training events. Unfortunately, immediate access to hearing protection in emergency situations
is typically not available /practical and can cause permanent hearing loss to police officers and
anyone in the vicinity of a field deployment. To mitigate this risk, staff is recommending a
transition to a suppressed rifle platform.
Since 1997, there have been many advances in rifle technology, specifically related to noise
suppression capabilities. The SIGMCX 5.66MM rifle, manufactured by SIG Sauer, is the only
rifle manufacturer to fully integrate its own noise suppression unit (patent pending). All other
suppression devices currently available are after - market items that must be installed by
independent armorers. This can adversely impact accuracy, which is a danger and liability for all
concerned.
Quotes were obtained from three vendors for the proposed rifle purchase (see attached). Along
with the quotes, it was requested each vendor provide an estimated buy back price for (23) Colt
AR -15's and related optics, which are currently in police inventory. Based on the competitive
quote and highest buy back offer (up to $14,720 maximum), it is recommended the purchase of
these rifles be made through Adamson Police Products. If approved, it is also recommended
these rifles be placed on the Equipment Replacement schedule with a ten -year service life.
2
rMSSA"
police products
10764 Noel Street
Los Alamitos, CA90720
PH: (800) 824-0162 FX: (800) 824 -0112
Sold EL SEGUNDO CITY
TO FINANCE DEPARTMENT
350 MAIN STREET
EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245
Quotation
Dun E4, 2016 PAGE
ORDER NUMBER
SCO46135
Ship EL SEGUNDO POLICE DEPARTMENT
TO ATTN: GLENN DELMENDO
348 MAIN STREET
EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245
REFERENCE PO NUMBER CUSTOMER NO I SALESPERSON I ORDER DATE I SHIP VIA TERMS
AC1807 TONYD Jun 14. 2016 FE D04 NETOW
01Y
NTITY
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
UNIT PRICE
UNIT
AMOUNT
ORD
SHIP
g / O
23
0
23
824/WRMCX -11 B-TFSA
MCX 5.56MM RIFLE 11.5" BRL SEMI
1,211.45
EA
27,863.35
L -SBR
FOLDING SIGHTS /STOCK
SIDE - FOLDING TELESCOPING STOCK
#STOC K -X- FOLD - TELE -BLK
23
0
23
824/SRD556
SUPPRESSOR 5.56MM S/S THREAD ON
352.28
EA
8,102.44
23
0
23
999/9999
9321TA44 -C- 400140 TRIJICON ACOG
831.520
EA
19,124.96
1.5x16, GRN
23
0
23
534/MAG412 -BLK
RVG MOE RAIL VERTICAL GRIP BLACK
18.42
EA
423.66
23
0
23
932/TA60
TRIJICON ACOG M4 MOUNT M16 BASE
94.00
EA
2,162.00
MODELS
46
0
46
534/MAG556 -BLK
MAGPUL PMAG 30 AR/M4 WINDOW GEN
14.50
EA
667.00
M3, BLACK
23
0
23
534/MAG595 -BLK
MAGLINK MAG COUPLER PMAG 30/M3
13.50
EA
310.50
23
0
23
888/69110
TLR -1 WEAPON MOUNTED LED TACTICAL
97.52
EA
2,242.96
LIGHT
23
0
23
895/54001 -019
SINGLE POINT SLING - BLACK
16.00
EA
368.00
This quote is va
iid for60 days
Subtotal
61,264.87
Total Sales Tax
5,513.84
ITOtal Order
66,778.71
Original
2
-qk$p' I rr - -)0.,
C.t 1960 police product
PURCHASE OFFER 11AUG16 SUBMITTED BY: TONY DUCOURNEAU
EL SEGUNDO PD 10764 Noel St., Los Alamitos, CA 90720
ATTN: GLENN DELMENDO Cell 818 - 984 -9485 FX 714 - 220 -1842
titod(&![)s.net or tonvd(cDDoliceproducts.cc
QUANTITY DESCRIPTION PRICE AMOUNT
23 USED COLT RIFLES, 5.56 w /ACOG, MAGS, SLINGS IN GOOD WORKING CONQ 640.00 14,720.00
less 2 ACOG
Quote expires in 60 days TOTAL 14,720.00
w
N
XL STATE POLICE EQUIPMENT CO.
Post Office Box 40
Claremont, California 91711
909 -596 -2470 FAX: 909 - 596 -3246
800 - 582 -2294
Customer /Agency: El Segundo Police Department
Buyer. Glenn Dehnendo Fax:
Phone: 310 - 524 -2200 Entail: gdehnendo@elsegundo.org
REQUEST FOR QUOTATION
■ California Certified Small Business # 5332
■ California State Sales Tax is not included in this
quotation unless specifically written into quotation.
■ Quotation valid for 60 days unless stated otherwise.
■ FOB Destination: (Freight included in quoted price)
■ All ammunition and rifle fired projectiles are quoted
FET Tax Out for all law enforcement agencies.
Date: 711116
Terms: Net 30
F.O.B Destination
Quote By: Keith Phillips
ITEM
QTY
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
MFG
PRICE
TOTAL
23
SIGMCX 5.56 SBR 11.5" CQB BLK Semi
Fold Sights TELE Stock AL KM A 1 3rd
WRMCX -11B-T
AL MAG
SAL -SBR
SiffSauer
1215.00_
27945.00
23
Silencer 5.56 Stainless Direct Thread
1/2x28
SRD556
329.00
7567.00
23
1.5x16 S Compact ACOG Scope Dual IlInD
Green Ring w /M16 CaM Handle Base an
TA44 -C- 400140
Mountin Screw
Trijicon
745.00
17135.00
23
ACOG M4 Mount for 1.5x16 M16 BaseM
dell TA60
84.50
1943.50
23
46
MOE RVG - Black
PMAG M3 556 30rd w/Window
MAG412 -BLK
MAG556 -BLK
Magpul
18.79
14.00
432.17
644.00
23
23
MAGLINK MagCoupler M3 BLK
MS4 Dual OD Sling Gen 2 BLK
MAG595 -BLK
MAG518 -BLK
14.00
51.50
644.00
1184.50
23
TLR 1 Weaponsight
69110
Streamlight
92.00
2116.00
SalesTax -9
59611.17
5365.00
Shipping
Total
00.00
64976.17
IF ALL PAGES NOT RECEIVED, PLEASE NOTIFY US AS SOON AS POSSIBLE The document being faxed is intended only for the use of the individual or entry to which it
is addressed, and may contain information that is privileged, confidential and exempt from disclosure under applicable law. Ifyou have received this in error, please notify us
immediately by telephone for disposition. DISTRIBUTION, OR COPYING OF THIS COMMUNICATION IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED
CA)
CA)
►LL STATE POLICE EQUIPMENT CO.
Post Office Box 40
Claremont, California 91711
909 -596 -2470 FAX: 909 - 596 -3246
800- 582 -2294
Customer /Agency: El Segundo Police Department
Buyer. Glenn Dehnendo Fax:
REQUEST FOR QUOTATION
• California Certified Small Business # 5332
• California State Sales Tax is not included in this
quotation unless specifically written into quotation.
• Quotation valid for 60 days unless stated otherwise.
• FOB Destination: (Freight included in quoted price)
• All ammunition and rifle fired projectiles are quoted
FET Tax Out for all law enforcement agencies.
Phone: 310 -524 -2200 Entail: gdelmendo@eLsegundo.org
'7' —A—Tn
Date: 7/1/16
Terms: Net 30
RO.B Destination —F—Quote
By: Keith Phillips
ITEM
QTY
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
MFG
PRICE
TOTAL
Total (Pgl)
64976.17
23
1 -Lot
Various Colt AR15 Configurations - USED
Per Attached Agency List
AR15
Colt
Trade -In Credit
For the Lot
<7590.00>
<7590.00>
Total Balance
57386.17
IF ALL PAGES NOT RECEIVED, PLEASE NOTIFY US AS SOON AS POSSIBLE The document being faxed is intended only for the use of the individual or entry to which it
is addressed, and may contain information that is privileged, confidential and exempt from disclosure under applicable law. If you have received this in error, please notify us
immediately by telephone for disposition. DISTRIBUTION, OR COPYING OF THIS COMMUNICATION IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED
Colt AR 15 trade ins
for Sig Sauer MCX
[elumal
1
L80003181
38
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Light switch cover missing
12/23/2015
None
2
LBD003133
36
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
❑
✓_
Need eject cover
1 212 3/20 15
3
LOD003004
37
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Q
✓
12123/2015
4
LBDO03115
34
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
If
✓
6/10/2016
6/10/2016
12/23/2015
✓
5
LSDO03160
40
✓
✓
✓
✓
❑
✓
✓
BO battery light/labels stock & eject
12/23/2015
Paulsen's M4 on his motor
6
LBDO03170
41
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Labelsstock/elect
12/23/2015
✓
7
LBDO30999
39
✓
✓
✓
✓
❑
✓
✓
BO battery light/loose "D" ring
12/23/2015
8
LBDO30933
43 SGT
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Labels stock/eject
12/23/2015
9
LB0003096
33
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ _
12/2312015
10
tBDO03182
1 42
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
❑
✓
Labels stockleject
12/23/2015
11
LBDO029061
35
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
12123/2015'
it
180003130
Spare Arsenal
1
✓
Dry
Old sling
None
None
✓
BO Charging Handle/No mag
12/23/2015
13
L80003168
Spare @2
1
✓
Dry
No sling
None
None
✓
No markings/no ma
12/23/2015
14
LBDO03120
31 K9
✓
✓
v,
✓
v,
v,
✓
No markings labels stockleject
6/10/2016
15
LSDO31395
32KS
✓
✓
-"
✓
10
✓
✓
80 battery light labels stock/eject
6/10/2016
W
✓
✓
✓
None
✓
SWAT 2 AR15 A3/ not in case/ left side safe
6/10/2016
✓
✓
Bun gee
qNone
None
None
Colt AR15 SPi /Col 223 Model SPi/ Collapsable Stock
6/10/2016
None
None
Marked Leavitt/not in case/ left side safe
6/10/2016
✓
✓
✓
None
✓
Jenkin's M4 In the Arsenel
6/10/2016
6/10/2016
s _
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Gills M4 in the Arsenal as back up has no ACOG
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Paulsen's M4 on his motor
6/10/2016
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Wise's M4 on his motor
6/10/2016
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
SR,Mark
A /1nl!)mA
W
2
QUOTE# PAGE
P R I C
E
314582 1
'LAW ENFORCEMENT
SHIP DATE
3009 North Highway 89 Prescott, AZ 86301
Q U O T
E
_
A. S. A. P.
Tel: (926) 776 -7192 Fax:(928) 445-MB
sales @proforceonllne.com www.profomeonline.com
-
FFL N 946 -025 -01iG -W508
SOLD SHIP
TO TO
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
EL SEGUNDO
POLICE DEPARTMENT
ACCTS PAYABLE
350 MAIN ST ROOM 4
348 MAIN STREET
EL SEGUNDO CA 90245 -3895
EL SEGUNDO
CA 90245 -3885
310- 640 -8648
JOB #
I DATE
CUST.#
LOC.
SALESMAN
SHIP VIA JFRT.
N/A
06/16/16
1002735
1 A
IGREGG MCCLUNG
FX G —FOB ORIGIN
QTY,
UOM
QUOTED
ITEM NO. /DESC.
UNIT PRICE
DISC.
NET PRICE
23 NON —STOCK
1,257.570
EA
28,924.11
SIG ITEM# WRMXC- 11B— TFSAL —SBR
.0
23 NON —STOCK
529.160
EA
12,170.68
SIG SRD556TI —QD
.0
23 TA44 —C- 400140
773.630
EA
17,793.49
TRJ ACOG 4.5X16S COM DUAL ILL
.0
GREEN 2MOS
23 MAG412BLK
15.590
EA
358.57
MPI MOE RAIL VERT GRP BLK
.0
FOR USE WITH PICATINNY RAILS
23 TA60
86.810
EA
1,996.63
TRJ M16 BASE F /TOP ADAPTER
.0
46 MAG571BLK
9.560
EA
439.76
MPI PMAG 30RD BLK
.0
23 MAG595BLK
11.770
EA
270.71
MPI MAG COUPLER
.0
23 69260
140.7500
EA
3,237.25
SLI TLR -1 HL TAC GUN MNT 80OLM
.0
COMMENT
TERMS
2
3e Oo rORCC
LAW ENFORCEMENT
3009 North Highway 89 Prescott, AZ 86301
Tel: (928) 778 -7192 Fax:(928) 446488
salesQproforceonlim.com www.proforceonllne.com
FFL N 9 48 -026 -01.4G-00608
SOLD SHIP
TO TO
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
ACCTS PAYABLE
350 MAIN ST ROOM 4
EL SEGUNDO CA 90245 -3895
310 - 640 -8648
B # DATE
ICU TA LOC. SALESMAN
A 106/16/16 1002735 1 A IGREGG MCCLUN
QTY. I --_
QUOTED I ITEM NO. /DESC.
23 70GS12BK
BHP STORM SNGL POINT SLING BLK
P R I C E
Q U O T E
QUOTE## PAGE
314582 2
SHIP DATE
A.S.A.P.
EL SEGUNDO POLICE DEPARTMENT
348 MAIN STREET
EL SEGUNDO CA 90245 -3885
SHIP VIA JFRT.
FX G —FOB ORIGIN
UOM
UNIT PRICE DISC. NET PRICE
19.850 EA 456.55
.0.
XFET E
1 I THIS ITEM FET OUT I 000Q .0
IMPORTANT NOTICES:
This quotation is based on the issuance of a department
purchase order, F.A.E.T. Exemption, payment by check
in 30 days (unless otherwise agreed) and in stated
quantities. ATF or the manufacturer may r quire additional
forms. Sample forms may be found at:
http://www.ProForceonline.com/forms.htm
Ordering Instructions: Please fax a copy o- the department
purchase order and F.E.T. form to (928)445 3468. 'LEASE
MAIL ORIGINALS to ProForce Law Enforcement 3009 N Hwy 89,
Prescott, AZ 86301.
Standard Terms are Net 30 days. If department policy does
not allow for partial shipments and payments, separate
purchase orders for each item uill be nece sary.
Standard manufacturer's warranty applies to all department
purchases unless otherwise spe ifically noted.
This quote is valid for 45 day from the date of issue,
COMMENT
TERMS
2
II
QUOTE# IPAGE
P R I C E 3
LAW ENFORCEMENT
SHIPS DATE
3009 North Highway 89 Prescott, AZ 86301
Q U O T E A. S. A. P.
Tel: (928) 776 -7192 Fax:(928) 446468
salesoproforceonllne.com www.proforceonllne.com
-
FFL N 946 -026 -014G-00608
SOLD SHIP
TO TO
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
EL SEGUNDO POLICE DEPARTMENT
ACCTS PAYABLE
350 MAIN ST ROOM 4
348 MAIN STREET
EL SEGUNDO CA 90245 -3895
EL SEGUNDO CA 90245 -3885
310 - 640 -8648
JOB #P
DATE
CUST.#
LOC.
SALESMAN
SHIP VIA
JFRT.
N/A
06/16/16
1 002735 1
A
GREGG MCCLUNG
FX G -FOB ORIGIN
QTY.
UOM
QUOTED
ITEM NO. /DESC.
UNIT PRICE
DISC.
NET PRICE
pending credit approval, and is
subject to
manufacturer's
availability and price change.
Please cal
(800)
367 -5855
if this bid is still pending or
the expiration
date
for
updated pricing.
A 20% restocking fee will appl
to all returned
gods.
Please call us for a return authorization
number.
SALES AMOUNT
65,647.75
COMMENT
FOR: GLENN DELMENDO
BY: KARI MARTIN
9.000% SALES TAX
5,908.30
SUB TOTA',
71,556.05
TERMS DUE NET 30 DAYS
Corporate: 3009 N. Highway 89. Prescott, AZ 86301
Store: 655 Berry Street. Suite H Brea, CA 92821
Tel: (800) 367 -5855 Fax: (928) 445 -3468
Date: July 31, 2016
Dept: El Segundo Police Department
Customer #: 2735
Attn: Glenn Delmendo
Email: gdelmend4 elseclundo.org
1
L.4W ENFORCEMENT
ITEM #
QTY
PROPUCT DESCRIPTION
EXTENDED
PRICE
Trade Guns
20
Colt AR 15 wl ACOG's per attached spread sheet provided by agency
$14,000.00
_ $700.00 ea
Trade Guns
3
Colt AR 15 wlout ACOG's per attached spread sheet provided by
$1,350.00
agency @ $450.00 ea
Note: Trade guns are to be delivered to
ProForce Law Enforcement
within 45 days of acceptance of new product
At 3009 North Highway, Prescott, AZ 86301
* *Please Note: When shipping trade guns, please supply a letter with the guns from
the department that the guns have been inspected by an armorer and that they are safe
and functional. All confiscated weapons must be cleared by an N.C.I.0 check, and
stated on your paperwork prior to being shipped to Proforce Law Enforcement **
"Please email the completed Trade Weapons Form in Excel format prior to
shipping the trades to Proforce Law Enforcement*
No Saturday deliveries and must have adult signature required.
(See instructions below)
$15,350.00
Total credit for trades:
We sincerely appreciate your law enforcement business and look forward to serving you in the future!
Respectfully,
ProForce Law Enforcement
Kari Martin
Law Enforcement Specialist
IMPORTANT:
Trade guns are to be delivered to ProForce Law Enforcement in Arizona at the department's expense within
45 days of acceptance of new product.
ProForce reserves the right to deduct for guns that are not In stated condition. $10.00 will be deducted for
every missing magazine. The credit is to be applied after the receipt of trade guns.
This quote Is valld for 45 days from the date of Is$ue+ and Is subject to manufactgrer's availability and price change. Please tall (844)
699.174 If jh1s Old is still panding at ex Iratlon of quote .
2
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: September 20, 2016
AGENDA STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
Consideration and possible action to accept as complete the Joslyn Center Elevator
Refurbishment /Modernization Project. Project No. PW 16 -19 (Fiscal Impact: $85,582.00)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
1. Accept the work for the Joslyn Center Elevator Refurbishment /Modernization,
Project No. PW -16 -19 as complete.
2. Authorize the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion in the County Recorder's
Office.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other possible actions related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Notice of Completion
FISCAL IMPACT: Included in Adopted Budget
Amount Budgeted: $95,000.00
Additional Appropriation: No
Account Number(s): 405- 400 - 0000 -6215 (Facilities Maintenance Fund)
ORIGINATED BY: Arianne Bola, Senior Engineer Associate 1" � fl�iwnwe
REVIEWED BY: Stephanie Katsouleas, Public Works Director'
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manage
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
In early January, 2016 the Joslyn Center elevator at Recreation Park experienced several
operational problems. Excelsior Elevator Corporation, our on -call elevator maintenance
contractor, was quick to investigate and assess the elevator's condition. Excelsior advised the
City that due to the age and condition of the elevator's components, the mechanical equipment
and its electrical components were in need of upgrading and replacement (e.g., elevator
modernization). The Joslyn Center elevator was originally installed in 1980 and was later
refurbished and modernized in 1997. Note that the life expectancy of public elevators is
approximately 15 -20 years for those that receive regular use and maintenance, thus this current
modernization timing is appropriate.
On April 5, 2016, City Council awarded a standard public works contract to Excelsior Elevator
Corporation for $85,582.00 and approved additional $9,418.00 for construction - related
contingencies. Construction began in August 1, 2016 after backordered parts were delivered, and
the project was successfully completed by Excelsior Elevator Corporation on August 29, 2016. E3
2
Staff recommends that City Council accept the work performed by Excelsior Elevator
Corporation as complete and authorize the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion with the
County Recorder's office.
Accounting Summary:
$85,582.00 Excelsior Elevator Corporation Contract Amount
+ $0.00 Change Order and Construction Contingency
$85,582.00 Total Funds Spent
$95,000.00 Amount Budgeted for the project
•$85.582.00 Total Funds Spent
$9,418.00 Unspent Budgeted Amount Returned to Facilities Maintenance Fund
2
Recording Requested by
and When Recorded Mail To:
City Clerk, City Hall
350 Main Street
El Segundo, CA 90245
NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION PROJECT
Project Name: Joslyn Center Elevator Refurbishment/Modernization Project
Project No.: PW 16 -19 Contract No. 5011
Notice is hereby given pursuant to State of California Civil Code Section 3093 et seq that:
1. The undersigned is an officer of the owner of the interest stated below in the property
hereinafter described.
2. The full name of the owner is: City of El Segundo
3. The full address of the owner is: City Hall, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA, 90245
4. The nature of the interest of the owner is: Public Facilities
5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was field reviewed by the
City Engineer on Aug. 29, 2016. The work done was: refurbishment/modernization of
Joslyn Center Elevator
6 On Sept. 20, 2016, City Council of the City of El Segundo accepted the work of this
contract as being complete and directed the recording of this Notice of Completion in the
Office of the County Recorder.
7. The name of the Contractor for such work of improvement was: Excelsior Elevator Corporation
8. The property on which said work of improvement was completed is in the City of El
Segundo, County of Los Angeles, State of California, and is described as follows:
refurbishment/modernization of Joslyn Center Elevator
9. The street address of said property is: 339 Sheldon St., El Segundo, CA 90245
Dated:
Stephanie Katsouleas
Public Works Director
VERIFICATION
I, the undersigned, say: I am the Director of Public Works /City Engineer of the City El Segundo, the
declarant of the foregoing Notice of Completion; I have read said Notice of Completion and know the
contents thereof; the same is true of my own knowledge.
I declare under penalty of perjury the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on _, 2016 at El Segundo, California.
Stephanie Katsouleas
Public Works Director
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: September 20, 2016
AGENDA STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
Consideration and possible action regarding Adoption of a Resolution amending the City of
El Segundo Flexible Benefits Plan Document to reflect changes in the Contribution to the
Plan and amend the language to ensure compliance with Section 125 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986. (Fiscal Impact: No Fiscal Impact)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
1. Adoption of the attached Resolution.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Resolution to Approve the amended City of El Segundo Flexible Benefits Plan Document
2. Amended Plan Document (Exhibit A)
3. Staff Report dated April 19, 2016
4. Resolution 4975
FISCAL IMPACT: None
Amount Budgeted: N/A
Additional Appropriation:
Account Number(s):
ORIGINATED BY: Mayra Houston, Human Resources Manage
REVIEWED BY: Martha Dijkstra, Director of H n ResourcX
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Mana,ger
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
At its meeting on April 19, 2016, Council approved Resolution 4975 which authorized benefit
changes for the Executive and Management- Confidential employees. Specifically, Council
approved increasing the Public Employees' Medical and Hospital Care Act (PEMHCA) monthly
medical contributions, effective June 1, 2016, from the minimum amount of $125 /month to
$782 /month for Executives and $585 /month for Management - Confidential. Additionally, Council
approved creating a "flex dollar" Program, effective October 1, 2016, for miscellaneous members of
the Executive and Management - Confidential groups. Classes excluded from receiving this benefit
include the City Manager, City Clerk, City Treasurer, Battalion Chief, Fire Chief, and Police Chief.
This flex dollar program would provide employees with additional dollars that can be used for
payment of medical premiums, funding individual 457 Deferred Compensation accounts or other
permitted uses. The approved flex dollar amounts are $493.33 for Executives and $345.30 for
Management-Confidential.
Staff has been working with the City's benefit broker to implement the newly approved flex dollar
program. It was determined that another permitted use of the flex dollars is to allow employees to
allocate additional funds into the existing Section 125 Health Care Spending Account and /or
Dependent Care Spending Account Programs. As a result, the City of El Segundo Flexible Benefits
Plan Document was amended to add the required language for implementation of the flex dollar
2
program. Additionally, the Plan Document has undergone a thorough legal review to ensure the
language is in compliance with Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Therefore, staff
is requesting Council adopt the attached Resolution in order to approve the changes to the City's
Flexible Benefit Plan Document.
2
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION TO APPROVE AND IMPLEMENT THE
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO FLEXIBLE BENEFITS PLAN,
AMENDED OCTOBER 1, 2016
The City Council of the City of El Segundo does resolve as follows:
Section 1: The City of El Segundo Flexible Benefits Plan, a form of amended Cafeteria Plan,
including a Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account and Health Flexible Spending Account
revised to become effective October 1, 2016 (Plan) is attached hereto as Exhibit A.
The Plan, including any recommended revisions by legal counsel, to become effective October 1,
2016, is hereby approved and adopted;
Sectioiz 2: The City Manager or designee is hereby authorized and directed to take action
necessary to implement the Plan, including designating an Administrator for the Plan, or one or
more components of the Plan.
The Administrator shall be instructed to take such actions that are deemed necessary and proper in
order to implement the Plan and /or its components thereunder, and to set up adequate accounting
and administrative procedures to provide benefits under the Plan and /or its components.
Section 3: The City Clerk is directed to certify the adoption of this Resolution; record this
Resolution in the book of the City's original resolutions, and make a minute of this adoption of the
Resolution in the City Council's records and minutes of this meeting.
Section 4: This Resolution will become effective immediately upon adoption.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this 20 day of September, 2016.
ATTEST:
BY:
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
R-A
Mark D Hensley, City Attorney
Suzanne Fuentes, Mayor
2
CERTIFICATION
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO )
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole
number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Resolution No.
was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and
attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the 201h day of
September, 2016, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAIN:
NOT PARTICIPATING:
WITNESS MY HAND THE OFFICIAL SEAL OF SAID CITY this 20th day of September, 2016.
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
of the City of El Segundo,
California
(SEAL)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
U81M
Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney
2
EXHIBIT "A"
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO FLEXIBLE BENEFITS PLAN
4842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE II
PARTICIPATION
2.1 ELIGIBILITY ..................................................................................................... ..............................4
2.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION ....................................................... ..............................4
2.3 APPLICATION TO PARTICIPATE .................................................................. ..............................4
2.4 TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION ........................................................... ............................... 5
2.5 CHANGE OF EMPLOYMENT STATUS ......................................................... ..............................5
2.6 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .............................................................. ..............................6
2.7 DEATH ............................................................................................................... ..............................6
ARTICLE III
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN
3.1 SALARY REDIRECTION ................................................................................. ..............................7
3.2 APPLICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS ........................................................... ..............................7
3.3 PERIODIC CONTRIBUTIONS ......................................................................... ..............................7
3.4 EMPLOYER AND PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS .................................. ..............................8
ARTICLE IV
BENEFITS
4.1 BENEFIT OPTIONS ................................ ......................... .. .... - - - - -- --------------------------- -- -- . R
4.2
HEALTH FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT BENEFIT ............................... ..............................9
4.3
DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT BENEFIT ............ ..............................9
4.4
HEALTH INSURANCE BENEFIT .................................................................... ..............................9
4.5
DENTAL INSURANCE BENEFIT ................................................................... .............................10
4.6
NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS .................................................. .............................11
ARTICLE V
PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS
5.1
INITIAL ELECTIONS ...................................................................................... .............................12
5.2
SUBSEQUENT ANNUAL ELECTIONS ......................................................... .............................12
5.3
FAILURE TO ELECT ....................................................................................... .............................12
5.4
CHANGE IN STATUS ...................................................................................... .............................12
4842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
8.1
8.2
ARTICLE VI
HEALTH FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT
ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN ......................................................... ...............................
DEFINITIONS.................................................................................. ...............................
FORFEITURES........................................................ ......................... ...... ... . . . . .. . .. . . . . . ..
LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS ................................... ...............................
NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS .................... ...............................
COORDINATION WITH CAFETERIA PLAN ................. ...............................
HEALTH FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT CLAIMS . ...............................
QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTIONS ................... ...............................
ARTICLE VII
DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT
...............17
...............17
...............19
...............19
........ .......19
...............20
............................ 20
............................21
ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNT ................................................................. .............................23
DEFINITIONS................................................................................................... .............................23
DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNTS .......................... .............................25
INCREASES IN DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNTS ...........................25
DECREASES IN DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNTS ..........................25
ALLOWABLE DEPENDENT CARE REIMBURSEMENT ............................ .............................25
ANNUAL STATEMENT OF BENEFITS ......................................................... .............................25
FORFEITURES................................................................................................. .............................25
LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS ....................................................................... .............................26
NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS ................................................ ............................26
COORDINATION WITH CAFETERIA PLAN ........................................... .............................27
DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT CLAIMS ........ .............................27
ARTICLE VIII
BENEFITS AND RIGHTS
CLAIM FOR BENEFITS ................................................................................... .............................28
APPLICATION OF BENEFIT PLAN SURPLUS ............................................ .............................30
ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATION
9.1 PLAN ADMINISTRATION. .................................................
9.2 EXAMINATION OF RECORDS ........... ...............................
9.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES ................... ...............................
9.4 INSURANCE CONTROL CLAUSE ...... ...............................
............................. ...............,.............30
....................................................... ..32
.................................. .......................32
............................ .............................32
4842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
9.5 INDEMNIFICATION OF ADMINISTRATOR ................................................ .............................32
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN
10.1 AMENDMENT .............................................................................................. .............................32
10.2 TERMINATION ............................................................................................ .............................33
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
11.1
PLAN INTERPRETATION ........................................................................... .............................33
11.2
GENDER AND NUMBER ............................................................................ .............................33
11.3
WRITTEN DOCUMENT.. ... .......... ...........................,...........................,...... .........,...................33
11.4
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT ................................................................................ .............................34
11.5
PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS ............................................................................ .............................34
11.6
ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER ................................................................... .............................34
11.7
EMPLOYER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSES .......................... ..................... .............................34
11.8
NO GUARANTEE OF TAX CONSEQUENCES ......................................... .............................34
11.9
INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYER BY PARTICIPANTS .................... .............................35
11.10
FUNDING ...................................................................................................... .............................35
1.11
GOVERNING LAW ........................... -- ........................ ...........................................................
35
11.12
SEVERABILITY ............................................................................................ .............................35
11.13
CAPTIONS ....................................................,.....,....................,.................... .............,...............36
11.14
CONTINUATION OF COVERAGE (COBRA) ........................................... .............................36
11.15
FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT ( FMLA) ...................................... .............................36
11.16
HEALTH INSURANCE PORTABILITY AND ACCOUNTABILITY ACT ( HIPAA) ..........36
11.17
UNIFORM SERVICES EMPLOYMENT AND REEMPLOYMENT RIGHTS ACT
(USERRA) ..................................................................................... ............................... ........36
11.18
COMPLIANCE WITH HIPAA PRIVACY STANDARDS .......................... .............................36
11.19
COMPLIANCE WITH HIPAA ELECTRONIC SECURITY STANDARDS ...........................39
11.20
MENTAL HEALTH PARITY AND ADDICTION EQUITY ACT ............. .............................39
11.21
GENETIC INFORMATION NONDISCRIMINATION ACT (GINA) ........ .............................39
11.22
WOMEN'S HEALTH AND CANCER RIGHTS ACT ................................. .............................40
11.23
NEWBORNS' AND MOTHERS' HEALTH PROTECTION ACT ............... .............................40
4842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
14
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO FLEXIBLE BENEFITS PLAN
INTRODUCTION
The Employer has amended this Plan effective October 1, 2016, to recognize the
contribution made to the Employer by its Employees. Its purpose is to reward them by providing
benefits for those Employees who shall qualify hereunder and their Dependents and
beneficiaries. The concept of this Plan is to allow Employees to choose among different types of
benefits based on their own particular goals, desires and needs. This Plan is a restatement of a
Plan which was originally effective on March 1, 1989, and most recently amended effective
January 1, 2011. The Plan shall be known as City of El Segundo Flexible Benefits Plan (the
"Plan ").
The intention of the Employer is that the Plan qualify as a "Cafeteria Plan" within the
meaning of Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that the benefits
which an Employee elects to receive under the Plan be excludable from the Employee's income
under Section 125(a) and other applicable sections of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1 "Administrator" means the Employer unless another person or entity has been
designated by the Employer pursuant to Section 9.1 to administer the Plan on behalf of the
Employer. If the Employer is the Administrator, the Employer may appoint any person,
including, but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, to perform the duties of the
Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify acceptance by filing written acceptance
with the Employer. Upon the resignation or removal of any individual performing the duties of
the Administrator, the Employer may designate a successor.
1.2 "Benefit" or "Benefit Options" means any of the optional benefit choices
available to a Participant as outlined in Section 4.1.
1.3 "Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollars" means the amount available to Participants to
purchase Benefit Options as provided under Section 4.1. Each dollar contributed to this Plan
under Article III shall be converted into one Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollar.
1.4 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from
time to time.
1.5 "Compensation" means wages or salary paid to an Employee by the Employer
as reported in Box 1 of Form W -2, and also includes: (a) salary reduction amounts under
arrangements described in sections 125 and 132(1) of the Code; and (b) salary reduction
contributions under arrangements described in sections 401(k), 403(b), 408(k) or 457(b) of the
Code.
14842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079x1
4
1.6 "Contributions" means the total amount contributed to pay for the cost of
Benefit Options, as calculated under Section 3.4.
1.7 "Dependent" means any individual who qualifies as a dependent under an
Insurance Contract for purposes of coverage under that Contract only or under Code Section 152
(as modified by Code Section 105(b)).
"Dependent" shall include any Child of a Participant who is covered under an
Insurance Contract, as defined in the Contract, as allowed by reason of the Affordable Care Act.
1.8 "Effective Date" means March 1, 1989.
1.9 "Election Period" means the period immediately preceding the beginning of
each Plan Year established by the Administrator, such period to be applied on a uniform and
nondiscriminatory basis for all Employees and Participants. However, an Employee's initial
Election Period shall be determined pursuant to Section 5.1.
1.10 "Eligible Employee" means any Employee who has satisfied the provisions of
Section 2.1.
An individual shall not be an "Eligible Employee" if such individual is not reported on
the payroll records of the Employer as a common law employee. In particular, it is expressly
intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer on its payroll
records are not "Eligible Employees" and are excluded from Plan participation even if a court or
administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees and not
independent contractors.
However, any Employee who is a "part- time" Employee shall not be eligible to
participate in this Plan. A "part- time" Employee is any Employee who works, or is expected to
work on a regular basis, less than 20 hours a week and is designated as a part-time Employee on
the Employer's personnel records.
1.11 "Eligible Opt Out Arrangement" means an Opt Out Arrangement that meets
the conditions of Section 4.4.
1.12 "Employee" means any person who is employed by the Employer. The term
Employee shall include leased employees within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(2).
1.13 "Employer" means City of El Segundo and any successor which shall maintain
this Plan; and any predecessor which has maintained this Plan. In addition, where appropriate
and with the exception of Articles VII and IX, the term Employer shall include any Employer
affiliated with the City of El Segundo that is treated as a single employer with the City of El
Segundo for purposes of Code Section 125(g)(4).
2
24842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4 1 1
1. 14 "Grace Period" means, with respect to any Plan Year, the time period ending on
the fifteenth day of the third calendar month after the end of such Plan Year, during which
Medical Expenses incurred by a Participant will be deemed to have been incurred during such
Plan Year.
1.15 "Health Flex Contribution" means any Employer contribution that meets the
following requirements: (1) the Employee may not opt to receive the amount as a taxable
benefit, (2) the Employee may use the amount to pay for minimum essential coverage, and (3)
the Employee may use the amount exclusively to pay for medical care, within the meaning of
Code Section 213.
1.16 "Insurance Contract" means any contract issued by an Insurer underwriting a
Benefit.
1.17 "Insurance Premium Payment Plan" means the plan of benefits contained in
Article 4.1 of this Plan, which provides for the payment of Premium Expenses.
1.18 "Insurer" means any insurance company that underwrites a Benefit under this
Plan.
1.19 "Key Employee" means an Employee described in Code Section 416(1)(1) and
the Treasury regulations thereunder.
1.20 "Opt Out Arrangement" means an arrangement where payment is made
available to an Employee only if the Employee declines coverage, but may not be used to pay
for the Health Insurance Benefit (whether or not the Employee receives the amount as a
taxable benefit).
1.21 "Participant" means any Eligible Employee who elects to become a Participant
pursuant to Section 2.3 and has not for any reason become ineligible to participate further in the
Plan.
1.22 "Plan" means this instrument, including all amendments thereto.
1.23 "Plan Year" means the 12 -month period beginning January 1 and ending
December 31. The Plan Year shall be the coverage period for the Benefits provided for under
this Plan. In the event a Participant commences participation during a Plan Year, then the initial
coverage period shall be that portion of the Plan Year commencing on such Participant's date of
entry and ending on the last day of such Plan Year.
1.24 "Premium Expenses" or "Premiums" mean the Participant's cost for the
Benefits described in Section 4.1.
1.25 "Premium Expense Reimbursement Account" means the account established
for a Participant pursuant to this Plan to which part of his Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollars may
be allocated and from which Premiums of the Participant may be paid or reimbursed. If more
3
34842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
than one type of insured Benefit is elected, sub - accounts shall be established for each type of
insured Benefit.
1.26 "Salary Redirection" means the contributions made by the Employer on behalf of
Participants pursuant to Section 3.1. These contributions shall be converted to Cafeteria Plan
Benefit Dollars and allocated to the funds or accounts established under the Plan pursuant to
the Participants' elections made under Article V.
1.27 "Salary Redirection Agreement" means an agreement between the Participant and
the Employer under which the Participant agrees to reduce his Compensation or to forego all or
part of the increases in such Compensation and to have such amounts contributed by the
Employer to the Plan on the Participant's behalf. The Salary Redirection Agreement shall apply
only to Compensation that has not been actually or constructively received by the Participant as
of the date of the agreement (after taking this Plan and Code Section 125 into account) and,
subsequently does not become currently available to the Participant.
1.28 "Spouse" means "spouse" as defined in an Insurance Contract for purposes of
coverage under that Contract only or the legally married husband or wife of a Participant, unless
legally separated by court decree.
ARTICLE II
PARTICIPATION
2.1 ELIGIBILITY
Any Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder after 30 calendar days
starting on his or her initial date of employment with the Employer. However, any Eligible
Employee who was a Participant in the Plan on the effective date of this amendment shall
continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan.
2.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION
An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant effective as of the first day of the
month coinciding with or next following the date on which he met the eligibility requirements of
Section 2.1.
2.3 APPLICATION TO PARTICIPATE
An Employee who is eligible to participate in this Plan shall, during the applicable
Election Period, complete an application to participate and election of benefits form which the
Administrator shall furnish to the Employee. The election made on such form shall be
irrevocable until the end of the applicable Plan Year unless the Participant is entitled to change
his Benefit elections pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof.
0
44842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079x1
4
An Eligible Employee shall also be required to execute a Salary Redirection Agreement
during the Election Period for the Plan Year during which he wishes to participate in this Plan.
Any such Salary Redirection Agreement shall be effective for the first pay period beginning on
or after the Employee's effective date of participation pursuant to Section 2.2.
2.4 TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION
A Participant shall no longer participate in this Plan upon the occurrence of any of the
following events:
(a) Termination of employment. The Participant's termination of
employment, subject to the provisions of Section 2.6;
(b) Change in employment status. The end of the Plan Year during which
the Participant became a limited Participant because of a change in
employment status pursuant to Section 2.5;
(c) Death. The Participant's death, subject to the provisions of Section 2.7; or
(d) Termination of the plan. The termination of this Plan, subject to the
provisions of Section 10.2.
2.5 CHANGE OF EMPLOYMENT STATUS
If a Participant ceases to be eligible to participate because of a change in employment
status or classification (other than through termination of employment), the Participant shall
become a limited Participant in this Plan for the remainder of the Plan Year in which such
change of employment status occurs. As a limited Participant, no further Salary Redirection may
be made on behalf of the Participant, and, except as otherwise provided herein, all further
Benefit elections shall cease, subject to the limited Participant's right to continue coverage under
any Insurance Contracts. However, any balances in the limited Participant's Dependent Care
Flexible Spending Account may be used during such Plan Year to reimburse the limited
Participant for any allowable Employment - Related Dependent Care incurred during the Plan
Year. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.6, if the limited Participant later becomes an
Eligible Employee, then the limited Participant may again become a full Participant in this Plan,
provided he otherwise satisfies the participation requirements set forth in this Article 11 as if he
were a new Employee and made an election in accordance with Section 5.1.
2.6 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
If a Participant's employment with the Employer is terminated for any reason other than
death, his participation in the Benefit Options provided under Section 4.1 shall be governed in
accordance with the following:
5
54842- 9315- 7432.v2
7909079x1
4
(a) Insurance Benefit. With regard to Benefits which are insured, the
Participant's participation in the Plan shall cease, subject to the
Participant's right to continue coverage under any Insurance Contract for
which premiums have already been paid.
(b) Dependent Care FSA. With regard to the Dependent Care Flexible
Spending Account, the Participant's participation in the Plan shall cease
and no further Salary Redirection contributions shall be made. However,
such Participant may submit claims for employment related Dependent
Care Expense reimbursements for claims incurred through the
remainder of the Plan Year in which such termination occurs and
submitted within 90 days after the end of the Plan Year, based on the
level of the Participant's Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account as
of the date of termination.
(c) COBRA applicability. With regard to the Health Flexible Spending
Account, the Participant may submit claims for expenses that were
incurred during the portion of the Plan Year before the end of the period
for which payments to the Health Flexible Spending Account have already
been made. Thereafter, the health benefits under this Plan including the
Health Flexible Spending Account shall be applied and administered
consistent with such further rights a Participant and his Dependents may
be entitled to pursuant to Code Section 4980B and Section 11.14 of the
Plan.
2.7 DEATH
If a Participant dies, his participation in the Plan shall cease. However, such Participant's
spouse or Dependents may submit claims for expenses or benefits for the remainder of the Plan
Year or until the Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollars allocated to each specific benefit are exhausted.
In no event may reimbursements be paid to someone who is not a spouse or Dependent. If the
Plan is subject to the provisions of Code Section 4980B, then those provisions and related
regulations shall apply for purposes of the Health Flexible Spending Account.
no
64842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
ARTICLE III
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN
3.1 SALARY REDIRECTION
Benefits under the Plan shall be financed by Salary Redirections sufficient to support
Benefits that a Participant has elected hereunder and to pay the Participant's Premium Expenses.
The salary administration program of the Employer shall be revised to allow each Participant to
agree to reduce his pay during a Plan Year by an amount determined necessary to purchase the
elected Benefit Options. The amount of such Salary Redirection shall be specified in the Salary
Redirection Agreement and shall be applicable for a Plan Year. Notwithstanding the above, for
new Participants, the Salary Redirection Agreement shall only be applicable from the first day
of the pay period following the Employee's entry date up to and including the last day of the
Plan Year. These contributions shall be converted to Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollars and
allocated to the funds or accounts established under the Plan pursuant to the Participants'
elections made under Article V.
Any Salary Redirection shall be determined prior to the beginning of a Plan Year
(subject to initial elections pursuant to Section 5.1) and prior to the end of the Election Period
and shall be irrevocable for such Plan Year. However, a Participant may revoke a Benefit
election or a Salary Redirection Agreement after the Plan Year has commenced and make a new
election with respect to the remainder of the Plan Year, if both the revocation and the new
election are on account of and consistent with a change in status and such other permitted events
as determined under Article V of the Plan and consistent with the rules and regulations of the
Department of the Treasury. Salary Redirection amounts shall be contributed on a pro rata basis
for each pay period during the Plan Year. All individual Salary Redirection Agreements are
deemed to be part of this Plan and incorporated by reference hereunder.
If, as of the date that any elected coverage under this Plan terminates, a Participant's
year -to -date Salary Redirections exceed or are less than the Participant's required Contributions
for the coverage, then the Employer will, as applicable, either return the excess to the
Participant as additional taxable wages or recoup the due Salary Redirection amounts from any
remaining Compensation.
3.2 APPLICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS
As soon as reasonably practical after each payroll period, the Employer shall apply the
Salary Redirection to provide the Benefits elected by the affected Participants. Any contribution
made or withheld for the Health Flexible Spending Account or Dependent Care Flexible
Spending Account shall be credited to such fund or account. Amounts designated for the
Participant's Premium Expense Reimbursement Account shall likewise be credited to such
account for the purpose of paying Premium Expenses.
7
74842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
3.3 PERIODIC CONTRIBUTIONS
Notwithstanding the requirement provided above and in other Articles of this Plan that
Salary Redirections be contributed to the Plan by the Employer on behalf of an Employee on a
level and pro rata basis for each payroll period, the Employer and Administrator may implement
a procedure in which Salary Redirections are contributed throughout the Plan Year on a periodic
basis that is not pro rata for each payroll period. However, with regard to the Health Flexible
Spending Account, the payment schedule for the required contributions may not be based on the
rate or amount of reimbursements during the Plan Year.
3.4 EMPLOYER AND PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
In addition to Salary Redirections, the Employer may elect to provide Participants with
flex dollars to be applied to the benefit options in Section 4.1. The Employer may also make
Health Flex Contributions to the Insurance Premium Payment Plan as provided in Article 4.4,
which may or may not be equal to the amount charged by the insurance company. The annual
Contribution for a Participant's Health Flexible Spending Account is equal to the annual benefit
amount elected by the Participant, subject to the dollar limits set forth in Section 6.4. The
annual Contribution for a Participant's Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account is equal to
the annual benefit amount elected by the Participant, subject to the dollar limits set forth in
Section 7.9.
Nothing herein will be construed to require the Employer or the Administrator to
maintain any fund or to segregate any amount for the benefit of any Participant, and no
Participant or other person shall have any claim against, right to, or security or other interest in
any fund, account, or asset of the Employer from which any payment under this Plan may be
made. There is no trust or other fund from which Benefits are paid. While the Employer has
complete responsibility for the payment of Benefits out of its general assets (except for
Insurance Premium Payment Benefits paid as provided in the applicable insurance policy), it
may hire an unrelated third -party paying agent to make Benefit payments on its behalf.
ARTICLE IV
BENEFITS
4.1 BENEFIT OPTIONS
Each Participant may elect any one or more of the following optional Benefits:
(1) Health Flexible Spending Account
(2) Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account
(3) Insurance Premium Payment Plan
8
84842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4
(i) Health Insurance Benefit
(ii) Dental Insurance Benefit
4.2 HEALTH FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT BENEFIT
Each Participant may elect to participate in the Health Flexible Spending Account
option, in which case Article VI shall apply.
4.3 DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT BENEFIT
Each Participant may elect to participate in the Dependent Care Flexible Spending
Account option, in which case Article VII shall apply.
4.4 HEALTH INSURANCE BENEFIT
(a) Each Participant may elect to enroll or opt out of the Health Insurance
Benefit option. The total cost of the premium for the Health Insurance
Benefit the Participant selects is the Premium Expense. Premium
Expenses shall be reduced by the amount of a Health Flex Contribution, if
any, made by the Employer for the Plan Year.
(b) Coverage for Participant and Dependents. Each Participant may elect to
be covered under a health Insurance Contract for the Participant, his or her
Spouse, and his or her Dependents.
(c) Employer selects contracts. The Employer may select suitable health
Insurance Contracts for use in providing this health insurance benefit,
which policies will provide uniform benefits for all Participants
electing this Benefit.
(d) Contract incorporated by reference. The rights and conditions with
respect to the benefits payable from such health Insurance Contract shall
be determined therefrom, and such Insurance Contract shall be
incorporated herein by reference.
012t ,Out Arrangement: The Employer may establish an Opt Out Arrangement for Participants
who decline an Insurance Premium Payment Plan for the Health Insurance Benefit. If an Opt
Out Arrangement is established, the Employee may elect to take a cash amount established by
the Employer in lieu of enrolling in the Health Insurance Benefit.
Elip,iblc Opt Out Arranllement: An Employer may also establish an Eligible Opt Out
Arrangement under this Plan as a condition to an Eligible Employee receiving cash in lieu of the
Z
94842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
Health Insurance Benefit. The conditions that must be satisfied for an Eligible Opt Out
Arrangement are as follows:
(a) The Employee must provide proof of minimum essential coverage
( "MEC ") through another source (other than coverage in the individual
market, whether or not obtained through Covered California);
(b) The proof of coverage must show that the Employee and all individuals in
the Employees expected tax family have (or will have) the required
minimum essential coverage. An Employee's expected tax family
includes all individuals for whom the Employee reasonably expects to
claim a personal exemption deduction for the taxable year(s) that cover the
Employer's plan year to which the opt -out arrangement applies;
(c) The Employee must provide reasonable evidence of the MEC for the
applicable period. Reasonable evidence may include an attestation by the
employee;
(d) The Employee must provide the evidence /attestation every plan year;
(e) The Employee must provide the evidence /attestation no earlier than a
reasonable time before coverage starts (e.g. open enrollment). The
evidence /attestation may also be provided within a reasonable time after
the plan year starts; and
(f) The opt -out payment cannot be made (and the Employer must not in fact
make payment) if the Employer knows or has reason to know that the
Employee or tax family member does not have the alternative coverage.
4.5 DENTAL INSURANCE BENEFIT
(a) Coverage for Participant and /or Dependents. Each Participant
may elect to be covered under the Employer's dental Insurance Contract.
In addition, the Participant may elect either individual or family coverage
under such Insurance Contract.
(b) Employer selects contracts. The Employer may select suitable dental
Insurance Contracts for use in providing this dental insurance benefit,
which policies will provide uniform benefits for all Participants
electing this Benefit.
(c) Contract incorporated by reference. The rights and conditions with
respect to the benefits payable from such dental Insurance Contract shall
be determined therefrom, and such dental Insurance Contract shall be
incorporated herein by reference.
10
104842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079x1
4
4.6 NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS
(a) Intent to be nondiscriminatory. It is the intent of this Plan to
provide benefits to a classification of employees which the
Secretary of the Treasury finds not to be discriminatory in favor of
the group in whose favor discrimination may not occur under Code
Section 125.
(b) 25% concentration test. It is the intent of this Plan not to provide
qualified benefits as defined under Code Section 125 to Key Employees
in amounts that exceed 25% of the aggregate of such Benefits provided
for all Eligible Employees under the Plan. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, qualified benefits shall not include benefits which
(without regard to this paragraph) are includible in gross income.
(c) Adjustment to avoid test failure. If the Administrator deems it
necessary to avoid discrimination or possible taxation to Key
Employees or a group of employees in whose favor discrimination may
not occur in violation of Code Section 125, it may, but shall not be
required to, reject any election or reduce contributions or non - taxable
Benefits in order to assure compliance with this Section. Any act taken
by the Administrator under this Section shall be carried out in a uniform
and nondiscriminatory manner. If the Administrator decides to reject
any election or reduce contributions or non - taxable Benefits, it shall be
done in the following manner. First, the non - taxable Benefits of the
affected Participant (either an employee who is highly compensated or a
Key Employee, whichever is applicable) who has the highest amount of
non - taxable Benefits for the Plan Year shall have his non - taxable
Benefits reduced until the discrimination tests set forth in this Section
are satisfied or until the amount of his non - taxable Benefits equals the
non - taxable Benefits of the affected Participant who has the second
highest amount of non - taxable Benefits. This process shall continue
until the nondiscrimination tests set forth in this Section are satisfied.
With respect to any affected Participant who has had Benefits reduced
pursuant to this Section, the reduction shall be made proportionately
among Health Flexible Spending Account Benefits and Dependent Care
Flexible Spending Account Benefits, and once all these Benefits are
expended, proportionately among insured Benefits. Contributions which
are not utilized to provide Benefits to any Participant by virtue of any
administrative act under this paragraph shall be forfeited and deposited
into the benefit plan surplus.
11
114842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
ARTICLE V
PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS
5.1 INITIAL ELECTIONS
An Employee who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 on the first day of, or
during, a Plan Year may elect to participate in this Plan for all or the remainder of such Plan
Year, provided he elects to do so on or before his effective date of participation pursuant to
Section 2.2.
5.2 SUBSEQUENT ANNUAL ELECTIONS
During the Election Period prior to each subsequent Plan Year, each Participant shall be
given the opportunity to elect, on an election of benefits form to be provided by the
Administrator, which Benefit options he wishes to select. Any such election shall be effective
for any Benefit expenses incurred during the Plan Year which follows the end of the Election
Period. With regard to subsequent annual elections, the following options shall apply:
(a) A Participant or Employee who failed to initially elect to participate may
elect different or new Benefits under the Plan during the Election Period;
(b) A Participant may terminate his participation in the Plan by notifying the
Administrator in writing during the Election Period that he does not want
to participate in the Plan for the next Plan Year, or by not electing any
Benefit options;
(c) An Employee who elects not to participate for the Plan Year following
the Election Period will have to wait until the next Election Period
before again electing to participate in the Plan, except as provided for in
Section 5.4.
5.3 FAILURE TO ELECT
Any Participant failing to complete an election of benefits form pursuant to Section 5.2
by the end of the applicable Election Period shall be deemed to have elected not to participate in
the Plan for the upcoming Plan Year. No further Salary Redirections shall therefore be
authorized for such subsequent Plan Year.
5.4 CHANGE IN STATUS
(a) Change in status defined. Any Participant may change a Benefit election
after the Plan Year (to which such election relates) has commenced and
make new elections with respect to the remainder of such Plan Year if,
12
124842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4
under the facts and circumstances, the changes are necessitated by and are
consistent with a change in status which is acceptable under rules and
regulations adopted by the Department of the Treasury, the provisions of
which are incorporated by reference. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, if the rules and regulations conflict, then such rules and
regulations shall control. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, on a
uniform and consistent basis, and consistent with prevailing IRS guidance,
shall determine whether a requested change meets general consistency and
specific consistency requirements so as to qualify as a change in status.
A Participant may only change his or her election upon the occurrence of
a change in status if the election is made on account of and corresponds
with a change in status that affects eligibility for coverage under a plan of
the Employer or a plan of the Spouse's or Dependent's employer. If the
Participant, Spouse or Dependent gains or loses eligibility for coverage,
then a Participant's election under the Plan to cease or decrease coverage
for that individual under the Plan corresponds with that change in status
only if coverage for that individual becomes applicable or is increased
under the family member plan. In general, a change in election does not
meet general consistency requirements if the change in status is the
Participant's divorce, annulment or legal separation from a Spouse, the
death of a Spouse or Dependent, or a Dependent ceasing to satisfy the
eligibility requirements for coverage, and the Participant's election under
the Plan is to cancel accident or health insurance coverage for any
individual other than the one involved in such event.
Regardless of the general consistency requirement, if the individual, the
individual's Spouse, or Dependent becomes eligible for continuation
coverage under the Employer's group health plan as provided in Code
Section 4980B or any similar state law, then the individual may elect to
increase payments under this Plan in order to pay for the continuation
coverage. However, this does not apply for COBRA eligibility due to
divorce, annulment or legal separation.
Any new election shall be effective at such time as the Administrator
shall prescribe, but not earlier than the first pay period beginning after the
election form is completed and returned to the Administrator. For the
purposes of this subsection, assuming the general consistency
requirement is satisfied, a change in status shall only include the
following events or other events permitted by Treasury regulations
(specific consistency requirements):
(1) Legal Marital Status: events that change a Participant's legal
marital status, including marriage, divorce, death of a
Spouse, legal separation or annulment;
13
134842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
(2) Number of Dependents: Events that change a Participant's
number of Dependents, including birth, adoption, placement for
adoption, or death of a Dependent;
(3) Employment Status: Any of the following events that change the
employment status of the Participant, Spouse, or Dependent:
termination or commencement of employment, a strike or lockout,
commencement or return from an unpaid leave of absence, or a
change in worksite. In addition, if the eligibility conditions of this
Plan or other employee benefit plan of the Employer of the
Participant, Spouse, or Dependent depend on the employment
status of that individual and there is a change in that individual's
employment status with the consequence that the individual
becomes (or ceases to be) eligible under the plan, then that change
constitutes a change in employment under this subsection;
(4) Dependent satisfies or ceases to satisfy the eligibility
requirements: An event that causes the Participant's Dependent to
satisfy or cease to satisfy the requirements for coverage due to
attainment of age, student status, or any similar circumstance;
and
(5) Residency: A change in the place of residence of the Participant,
Spouse or Dependent, that would lead to a change in status (such
as a loss of HMO coverage).
For the Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account, if the election change
is on account of and corresponds with a change in status that affects
eligibility of dependent care expenses for the tax exclusion under Code
Section 129 or if a Dependent becomes or ceases to be a "Qualifying
Dependent" as defined under Code Section 21(b), it shall qualify as a
change in status.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the gain of
eligibility or change in eligibility of a child, as allowed under Code
Sections 105(b) and 106, and IRS Notice 2010 -38, shall qualify as a
change in status.
(b) Special enrollment rights. Notwithstanding subsection (a), the
Participants may change an election for accident or health coverage during
a Plan Year and make a new election that corresponds with the special
enrollment rights provided in Code Section 9801(f), including those
authorized under the provisions of the Children's Health Insurance
Program Reauthorization Act of 2009(SCHIP); provided that such
Participant meets the sixty (60) day notice requirement imposed by Code
Section 9801(f) (or such longer period as may be permitted by the Plan
14
144842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
14
and communicated to Participants). Such change shall take place on a
prospective basis, unless otherwise required by Code Section 9801(f) to be
retroactive.
(c) Qualified Medical Support Order. Notwithstanding subsection
(a), in the event of a judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a
property settlement) ( "order ") resulting from a divorce, legal separation,
annulment, or change in legal custody which requires accident or health
coverage for a Participant's child (including a foster child who is a
Dependent of the Participant):
(1) The Plan may change an election to provide coverage for the child
if the order requires coverage under the Participant's Health
Flexible Spending Account or Insurance Premium Payment Plan;
or
(2) The Participant shall be permitted to change an election to cancel
coverage under the Participant's Health Flexible Spending
Account or Insurance Premium Payment Plan for the child if the
order requires the former Spouse to provide coverage for such
child, under that individual's plan and such coverage is actually
provided.
(d) Medicare or Medicaid. Notwithstanding subsection (a), a Participant may
change elections to cancel accident or health coverage for the Participant
or the Participant's Spouse or Dependent if the Participant or the
Participant's Spouse or Dependent is enrolled in the accident or health
coverage of the Employer and becomes entitled to coverage (i.e., enrolled)
under Part A or Part B of the Title XVIII of the Social Security Act
(Medicare) or Title XIX of the Social Security Act (Medicaid), other than
coverage consisting solely of benefits under Section 1928 of the Social
Security Act (the program for distribution of pediatric vaccines). Upon
such condition, the Participant may prospectively cancel or reduce the
health coverage or may cancel coverage under the Health Flexible
Spending Account as long as the total contributions for the Plan Year are
less than the amount already reimbursed. If the Participant or the
Participant's Spouse or Dependent who has been entitled to Medicaid or
Medicare coverage loses eligibility, that individual may prospectively
elect coverage under the Plan if a benefit package option under the Plan
provides similar coverage.
(e) Cost increase or decrease. If the cost of a Benefit provided under the
Plan, other than the Health Flexible Spending Account, increases or
decreases during a Plan Year, then the Plan shall automatically increase
or decrease, as the case may be, the Salary Redirections of all affected
Participants for such Benefit. The Administrator, in its sole discretion
15
154842- 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
and on a uniform and consistent basis, considering all of the surrounding
facts and circumstances and prevailing IRS guidance, shall determine the
significance of any increase or decrease. If the cost of a benefit package
option increases significantly, the Administrator shall permit the affected
Participants to either make corresponding changes in their payments or
revoke their elections and, in lieu thereof, receive on a prospective basis
coverage under another benefit package option with similar coverage, or
drop coverage prospectively if there is no benefit package option with
similar coverage.
A cost increase or decrease refers to an increase or decrease in the amount
of elective contributions under the Plan, whether resulting from an action
taken by the Participants or an action taken by the Employer.
(f) Loss of coverage. If the coverage under a Benefit, other than the Health
Flexible Spending Account, is significantly curtailed or ceases during a
Plan Year, affected Participants may revoke their elections of such
Benefit and, in lieu thereof, elect to receive on a prospective basis
coverage under another plan with similar coverage, or drop coverage
prospectively if no similar coverage is offered.
(g) Addition of a new benefit. If, during the period of coverage, a new
benefit package option or other coverage option is added, an existing
benefit package option is significantly improved, or an existing benefit
package option or other coverage option is eliminated, then the affected
Participants may elect the newly -added option, or elect another option if
an option has been eliminated prospectively and make corresponding
election changes with respect to other benefit package options providing
similar coverage. In addition, those Eligible Employees who are not
participating in the Plan may opt to become Participants and elect the new
or newly improved benefit package option. This provision does not apply
to the Health Flexible Spending Account benefit.
(h) Loss of coverage under certain other plans. A Participant may make a
prospective election change to add group health coverage for the
Participant, the Participant's Spouse or Dependent if such individual loses
group health coverage sponsored by a governmental or educational
institution, including a state children's health insurance program under the
Social Security Act, the Indian Health Service or a health program
offered by an Indian tribal government, a state health benefits risk pool,
or a foreign government group health plan. This provision does not apply
to the Health Flexible Spending Account benefit.
(i) Change of coverage due to change under certain other plans. A
Participant may make a prospective election change that is on account of
and corresponds with a change made under the plan of a Spouse's, former
16
164842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
Spouse's or Dependent's employer if (1) the cafeteria plan or other
qualified benefits plan of the Spouse's, former Spouse's or Dependent's
employer permits its participants to make a change that would be
permitted under applicable IRS regulations; or (2) the cafeteria plan
permits participants to make an election for a period of coverage that is
different from the period of coverage under the cafeteria plan or qualified
benefits plan of a Spouse's, former Spouse's or Dependent's employer.
This provision does not apply to the Health Flexible Spending Account
benefit.
(j) Change in dependent care provider. A Participant may make a
prospective election change that is on account of and corresponds with a
change by the Participant in the dependent care provider. The availability
of dependent care services from a new childcare provider is similar to a
new benefit package option becoming available. A cost change is
allowable in the Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account only if the
cost change is imposed by a dependent care provider who is not related to
the Participant, as defined in Code Section 152(a)(1) through (8).
(k) Health FSA cannot change due to insurance change. A Participant
shall not be permitted to change an election to the Health Flexible
Spending Account as a result of a cost or coverage change under any
health insurance benefits.
ARTICLE VI
HEALTH FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT
6.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN
This Health Flexible Spending Account is intended to qualify as a medical
reimbursement plan under Code Section 105 and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent
with such Code Section and the Treasury regulations thereunder. Participants who elect to
participate in this Health Flexible Spending Account may submit claims for the reimbursement
of Medical Expenses. All amounts reimbursed shall be periodically paid from amounts allocated
to the Health Flexible Spending Account. Periodic payments reimbursing Participants from the
Health Flexible Spending Account shall in no event occur less frequently than monthly.
6.2 DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Article and this Plan, the terms below have the following
meaning:
(a) "Health Flexible Spending Account" means the account established
for Participants pursuant to this Plan to which part of their Cafeteria
Plan Benefit Dollars may be allocated and from which all allowable
17
174842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
Medical Expenses incurred by a Participant, his or her Spouse and his or
her Dependents may be reimbursed.
(b) "Highly Compensated Participant" means, for the purposes of this
Article and determining discrimination under Code Section 105(h), a
participant who is:
(1) one of the 5 highest paid officers;
(2) a shareholder who owns (or is considered to own applying the
rules of Code Section 318) more than 10 percent in value of the
stock of the Employer; or among the highest paid 25 percent of
all Employees (other than exclusions permitted by Code Section
105(h)(3)(B) for those individuals who are not Participants).
(c) "Medical Expenses" means any expense for medical care within the
meaning of the term "medical care" as defined in Code Section 213(d),
but only to the extent that the expense has not been reimbursed through
insurance or otherwise, and the rulings and Treasury regulations
thereunder, and not otherwise used by the Participant as a deduction in
determining his tax liability under the Code. "Medical Expenses" can be
incurred by the Participant, his or her Spouse and his or her Dependents.
"Incurred" means, with regard to Medical Expenses, when the
Participant is provided with the medical care that gives rise to the
Medical Expense and not when the Participant is formally billed or
charged for, or pays for, the medical care.
A Participant may not be reimbursed for the cost of any medicine or
drug that is not "prescribed" within the meaning of Code Section 106(f)
or is not insulin.
A Participant may not be reimbursed for the cost of other health
coverage such as premiums paid under plans maintained by the employer
of the Participant's Spouse or individual policies maintained by the
Participant or his Spouse or Dependent.
A Participant may not be reimbursed for "qualified long -term
care services" as defined in Code Section 770213(c).
(d) The definitions of Article I are hereby incorporated by reference to the
extent necessary to interpret and apply the provisions of this Health
Flexible Spending Account.
18
184842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
6.3 FORFEITURES
Except as provided in Section 6.8, if any balance remains in the Participants Health
Flexible Spending Account for the Plan Year, including any Grace Period, after all
reimbursements have been made, then such balance shall not be carried over to reimburse the
Participant for Medical Care Expenses incurred during a subsequent Plan Year. The amount in
the Health Flexible Spending Account as of the end of the Grace Period for any Plan Year (and
after the processing of all claims for such Plan Year pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof) shall be
forfeited and credited to the benefit plan surplus, subject to Section 8.2.
6.4 LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Health Flexible Spending Account to
the contrary:
(a) The maximum amount that may be allocated to the Health Flexible
Spending Account by a Participant in or on account of any Plan
Year is $2,550, as adjusted for cost of living by the Internal Revenue
Service from time to time. The Administrator may limit the
elections of a Participant who is terminated and rehired during the
same Plan Year to the extent necessary to comply with the
requirements of Code Section 125(1).
(b) The maximum amount of Participant and Employer contributions to the
Health Flexible Spending Account that may be used to reimburse Medical
Expenses incurred in any Plan Year (or the Grace Period for such Plan
Year) is limited to two times the Participant's salary reduction or, if
greater, the Participant's salary reduction plus $500.
6.5 NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS
(a) Intent to be nondiscriminatory. It is the intent of this Health Flexible
Spending Account not to discriminate in violation of the Code and the
Treasury regulations thereunder.
(b) Adjustment to avoid test failure. If the Administrator deems it
necessary to avoid discrimination under this Health Flexible Spending
Account, it may, but shall not be required to, reject any elections or
reduce contributions or Benefits in order to assure compliance with this
Section. Any act taken by the Administrator under this Section shall be
carried out in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. If the
Administrator decides to reject any elections or reduce contributions or
Benefits, it shall be done in the following manner. First, the Benefits
designated for the Health Flexible Spending Account by the member of
the group in whose favor discrimination may not occur pursuant to Code
19
194842- 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4
Section 105 that elected to contribute the highest amount to the fund for
the Plan Year shall be reduced until the nondiscrimination tests set forth
in this Section or the Code are satisfied, or until the amount designated
for the fund equals the amount designated for the fund by the next
member of the group in whose favor discrimination may not occur
pursuant to Code Section 105 who has elected the second highest
contribution to the Health Flexible Spending Account for the Plan Year.
This process shall continue until the nondiscrimination tests set forth in
this Section or the Code are satisfied. Contributions which are not utilized
to provide Benefits to any Participant by virtue of any administrative act
under this paragraph shall be forfeited and credited to the benefit plan
surplus.
6.6 COORDINATION WITH CAFETERIA PLAN
All Participants under the Cafeteria Plan are eligible to receive Benefits under this
Health Flexible Spending Account. The enrollment under the Cafeteria Plan shall constitute
enrollment under this Health Flexible Spending Account. In addition, other matters concerning
contributions, elections and the like shall be governed by the general provisions of the Cafeteria
Plan.
6.7 HEALTH FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT CLAIMS
(a) Expenses must be incurred during Plan Year. All Medical Expenses
incurred by a Participant, his or her Spouse and his or her Dependents
during the Plan Year including the Grace Period shall be reimbursed
during the Plan Year subject to Section 2.6, even though the submission
of such a claim occurs after his participation hereunder ceases; but
provided that the Medical Expenses were incurred during the applicable
Plan Year. Medical Expenses are treated as having been incurred when
the Participant is provided with the medical care that gives rise to the
medical expenses, not when the Participant is formally billed or charged
for, or pays for the medical care.
(b) Reimbursement available throughout Plan Year. The Administrator
shall direct the reimbursement to each eligible Participant for all
allowable Medical Expenses, up to a maximum of the amount
designated by the Participant for the Health Flexible Spending Account
for the Plan Year. Reimbursements shall be made available to the
Participant throughout the year without regard to the level of Cafeteria
Plan Benefit Dollars which have been allocated to the fund at any given
point in time. Furthermore, a Participant shall be entitled to
reimbursements only for amounts in excess of any payments or other
reimbursements under any health care plan covering the Participant
and /or his Spouse or Dependents.
20
204842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079x1
4
(c) Payments. Reimbursement payments under this Plan shall be made
directly to the Participant. However, in the Administrator's discretion,
payments may be made directly to the service provider. The application
for payment or reimbursement shall be made to the Administrator on an
acceptable form within a reasonable time of incurring the debt or paying
for the service. The application shall include a written statement from an
independent third party stating that the Medical Expense has been
incurred and the amount of such expense. Furthermore, the Participant
shall provide a written statement that the Medical Expense has not been
reimbursed or is not reimbursable under any other health plan coverage
and, if reimbursed from the Health Flexible Spending Account, such
amount will not be claimed as a tax deduction. The Administrator shall
retain a file of all such applications.
(d) Grace Period. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary,
Medical Expenses incurred during the Grace Period, up to the remaining
account balance, shall also be deemed to have been incurred during the
Plan Year to which the Grace Period relates.
(e) Claims for reimbursement. Claims for the reimbursement of Medical
Expenses incurred in any Plan Year shall be paid as soon after a claim
has been filed as is administratively practicable; provided however, that
if a Participant fails to submit a claim within 90 days after the end of the
Plan Year, those Medical Expense claims shall not be considered for
reimbursement by the Administrator. Non - prescription drug costs
incurred during the Grace Period related to the 2010 Plan Year shall not
be reimbursed.
6.8 QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTIONS
(a) Qualified Reservist Distribution. A Participant may request a
Qualified Reservist Distribution, provided the following provisions are
satisfied. "Qualified Reservist Distribution" means any distribution to a
Participant of all or a portion of the balance in the Participant's Health
Flexible Spending Account if.
(1) Such Participant was an individual who was (by reason of being a
member of a reserve component (as defined in Section 101 of
Title 37, United States Code)) ordered or called to active duty for
a period of 180 days or more or for an indefinite period.
(2) A Participant may have been called prior to June 18, 2008,
provided the individual's active duty continues after June 18, 2008
and the period of duty complies with subsection (a).
21
214842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4
(3) The distribution is made during the period beginning on the date of
the order or call that applies to the Participant and ending on the
last day of the Plan Year (or Grace Period) which includes the date
of such order or call.
(4) The Qualified Reservist Distribution option is offered to
all Participants who qualify under this Article.
(5) Qualified Reservist Distributions may only be made if the
Participant is ordered or called to active duty, not the Participant's
spouse or dependents.
(6) Under Section 101 of the Title 37 of the United States Code,
"reserve component" means: (1) the Army National Guard, (2) the
Army Reserve, (3) the Navy Reserve, (4) the Marine Corps
Reserve, (5) the Air National Guard, (6) the Air Force Reserve,
(7) the Coast Guard Reserve, or (8) the Reserve Corps of the
Public Health Service.
(b) Conditions. The following conditions apply:
(1) The Employer must receive a copy of the order or call to active
duty and may rely on the order or call to determine the period
that the Participant has been ordered or called to duty.
(2) Eligibility for a Qualified Reservist Distribution is not affected if
the order or call is for 180 days or more or is indefinite, but the
actual period of active duty is less than 180 days or is changed
otherwise from the order or call.
(3) If the original order is less than 180 days, then no Qualified
Reservist Distribution is allowed. However, if subsequent calls
or orders increase the total days of active duty to 180 or more,
then a Qualified Reservist Distribution will be allowed.
(c) Amount. The amount a Participant may be reimbursed from the
Health Flexible Spending Account is the amount contributed by the
Participant to the Health Flexible Spending Account as of the date of the
distribution request, less any reimbursements received as of the date of
the distribution request.
(d) Procedure. The Employer must specify a process for requesting
the distribution. The Employer may limit the number of distributions
processed for a Participant to one per Plan Year. The distribution request
must be made on or after the call or order and before the last day of the
22
224842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4 1 1
Grace Period. The QRD shall be paid within a reasonable time but in no
event more than 60 days after the date of the request.
(e) Claims. Claims incurred prior to the date of the request of the
distribution shall be paid as any other claim. Claims incurred after the
date of the distribution shall be paid on submission as any other claim.
ARTICLE VII
DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT
7.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNT
This Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account is intended to qualify as a program
under Code Section 129 and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such Code Section.
Participants who elect to participate in this program may submit claims for the reimbursement
of Employment - Related Dependent Care Expenses. All amounts reimbursed shall be paid from
amounts allocated to the Participant's Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account.
7.2 DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Article and the Cafeteria Plan the terms below shall have the
following meaning:
(a) "Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account" means the account
established for a Participant pursuant to this Article to which part of his
Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollars may be allocated and from which
Employment - Related Dependent Care Expenses of the Participant may
be reimbursed for the care of the Qualifying Dependents of Participants.
(b) "Earned Income" means earned income as defined under Code Section
32(c)(2), but excluding such amounts paid or incurred by the Employer
for dependent care assistance to the Participant.
(c) "Employment- Related Dependent Care Expenses" means the amounts
paid for expenses of a Participant for those services which if paid by the
Participant would be considered employment related expenses under
Code Section 21(b)(2). Generally, they shall include expenses for
household services and for the care of a Qualifying Dependent, to the
extent that such expenses are incurred to enable the Participant to be
gainfully employed for any period for which there are one or more
Qualifying Dependents with respect to such Participant. Employment -
Related Dependent Care Expenses are treated as having been incurred
when the Participant's Qualifying Dependents are provided with the
dependent care that gives rise to the Employment - Related Dependent
23
234842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4
Care Expenses, not when the Participant is formally billed or charged for,
or pays for the dependent care. The determination of whether an amount
qualifies as an Employment- Related Dependent Care Expense shall be
made subject to the following rules:
(1) If such amounts are paid for expenses incurred outside the
Participant's household, they shall constitute Employment - Related
Dependent Care Expenses only if incurred for a Qualifying
Dependent as defined in Section 7.2(d)(1) (or deemed to be, as
described in Section 7.2(d)(1) pursuant to Section 7.2(d)(3)), or
for a Qualifying Dependent as defined in Section 7.2(d)(2) (or
deemed to be, as described in Section 7.2(d)(2) pursuant to
Section 7.2(d)(3)) who regularly spends at least 8 hours per day in
the Participant's household;
(2) If the expense is incurred outside the Participant's home at a
facility that provides care for a fee, payment, or grant for more
than 6 individuals who do not regularly reside at the facility, the
facility must comply with all applicable state and local laws and
regulations, including licensing requirements, if any; and
(3) Employment - Related Dependent Care Expenses of a Participant
shall not include amounts paid or incurred to a child of such
Participant who is under the age of 19 or to an individual who is a
Dependent of such Participant or such Participant's Spouse.
(d) "Qualifying Dependent" means, for Dependent Care Flexible
Spending Account purposes,
(1) a Participant's Dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)(1))
who has not attained age 13;
(2) a Dependent or the Spouse of a Participant who is physically or
mentally incapable of caring for himself or herself and has the
same principal place of abode as the Participant for more than
one -half of such taxable year; or
(3) a child that is deemed to be a Qualifying Dependent described in
paragraph (1) or (2) above, whichever is appropriate, pursuant to
Code Section 21(e)(5).
(e) The definitions of Article I are hereby incorporated by reference to
the extent necessary to interpret and apply the provisions of this
Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account.
24
244842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4
7.3 DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNTS
The Administrator shall establish a Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account for each
Participant who elects to apply Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollars to Dependent Care Flexible
Spending Account benefits.
7.4 INCREASES IN DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNTS
A Participant's Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account shall be increased each pay
period by the portion of Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollars that he has elected to apply toward his
Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account pursuant to elections made under Article V hereof.
7.5 DECREASES IN DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNTS
A Participant's Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account shall be reduced by the
amount of any Employment - Related Dependent Care Expense reimbursements paid or incurred
on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 7.12 hereof.
7.6 ALLOWABLE DEPENDENT CARE REIMBURSEMENT
Subject to limitations contained in Section 7.9 of this Program, and to the extent of the
amount contained in the Participant's Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account, a Participant
who incurs Employment - Related Dependent Care Expenses shall be entitled to receive from the
Employer full reimbursement for the entire amount of such expenses incurred during the Plan
Year or portion thereof during which he is a Participant as long as such expenses have not
otherwise been reimbursed.
7.7 ANNUAL STATEMENT OF BENEFITS
On or before January 31 st of each calendar year, the Employer shall furnish to each
Employee who was a Participant and received benefits under Section 7.6 during the prior
calendar year, a statement of all such benefits paid to or on behalf of such Participant during the
prior calendar year. This statement is set forth on the Participant's Form W -2.
7.8 FORFEITURES
The amount in a Participant's Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account as of the end
of any Plan Year (and after the processing of all claims for such Plan Year pursuant to Section
7.12 hereof) shall be forfeited and credited to the benefit plan surplus. In such event, the
Participant shall have no further claim to such amount for any reason.
25
254842- 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
7.9 LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS
(a) Code limits. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this
Article to the contrary, amounts paid from a Participant's Dependent Care
Flexible Spending Account in or on account of any taxable year of the
Participant shall not exceed the lesser of the Earned Income limitation
described in Code Section 129(b) or $5,000 ($2,500 if a separate tax
return is filed by a Participant who is married as determined under the
rules of paragraphs (3) and (4) of Code Section 21(e)).
7.10 NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS
(a) Intent to be nondiscriminatory. It is the intent of this Dependent Care
Flexible Spending Account that contributions or benefits not
discriminate in favor of the group of employees in whose favor
discrimination may not occur under Code Section 129(d).
(b) 25% test for shareholders. It is the intent of this Dependent Care
Flexible Spending Account that not more than 25 percent of the amounts
paid by the Employer for dependent care assistance during the Plan Year
will be provided for the class of individuals who are shareholders or
owners (or their Spouses or Dependents), each of whom (on any day of
the Plan Year) owns more than 5 percent of the stock or of the capital or
profits interest in the Employer.
(c) Adjustment to avoid test failure. If the Administrator deems it necessary
to avoid discrimination or possible taxation to a group of employees in
whose favor discrimination may not occur in violation of Code Section
129 it may, but shall not be required to, reject any elections or reduce
contributions or non - taxable benefits in order to assure compliance with
this Section. Any act taken by the Administrator under this Section shall
be carried out in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. If the
Administrator decides to reject any elections or reduce contributions or
Benefits, it shall be done in the following manner. First, the Benefits
designated for the Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account by the
affected Participant that elected to contribute the highest amount to such
account for the Plan Year shall be reduced until the nondiscrimination
tests set forth in this Section are satisfied, or until the amount designated
for the account equals the amount designated for the account of the
affected Participant who has elected the second highest contribution to the
Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account for the Plan Year. This
process shall continue until the nondiscrimination tests set forth in this
Section are satisfied. Contributions which are not utilized to provide
Benefits to any Participant by virtue of any administrative act under this
paragraph shall be forfeited.
26
264842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
7.11 COORDINATION WITH CAFETERIA PLAN
All Participants under the Cafeteria Plan are eligible to receive Benefits under this
Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account. The enrollment and termination of participation
under the Cafeteria Plan shall constitute enrollment and termination of participation under this
Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account. In addition, other matters concerning
contributions, elections and the like shall be governed by the general provisions of the Cafeteria
Plan.
7.12 DEPENDENT CARE FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNT CLAIMS
The Administrator shall direct the payment of all such Dependent Care claims to the
Participant upon the presentation to the Administrator of documentation of such expenses in a
form satisfactory to the Administrator. However, in the Administrator's discretion, payments
may be made directly to the service provider. In its discretion in administering the Plan, the
Administrator may utilize forms and require documentation of costs as may be necessary to
verify the claims submitted. At a minimum, the form shall include a statement from an
independent third party as proof that the expense has been incurred during the Plan Year and the
amount of such expense. In addition, the Administrator may require that each Participant who
desires to receive reimbursement under this Program for Employment - Related Dependent Care
Expenses submit a statement which may contain some or all of the following information:
(a) The Dependent or Dependents for whom the services were
performed;
(b) The nature and date of the services performed for the Participant, the cost
of which he wishes reimbursement;
(c) The amount of the requested reimbursement;
(d) The relationship, if any, of the person performing the services to the
Participant;
(e) If the services are being performed by a child of the Participant, the
age of the child;
(f) A statement as to where the services were performed;
(g) If any of the services were performed outside the home, a statement as
to whether the Dependent for whom such services were performed
spends at least 8 hours a day in the Participant's household;
(h) If the services were being performed in a day care center, a
statement:
27
274842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4
(1) that the day care center complies with all applicable laws and
regulations of the state of residence,
(2) that the day care center provides care for more than 6 individuals
(other than individuals residing at the center), and
(3) of the amount of fee paid to the provider.
(i) If the Participant is married, a statement containing the following:
(1) the Spouse's salary or wages if he or she is employed, or
(2) if the Participant's Spouse is not employed, that
(i) he or she is incapacitated, or
(ii) he or she is a full -time student attending an educational
institution and the months during the year which he or
she attended such institution.
(j) A statement that the reimbursement sought has not otherwise been
reimbursed and that the Participant will not seek reimbursement through
any other source.
Claims for reimbursement. If a Participant fails to submit a claim within 90 days after
the end of the Plan Year, those claims shall not be considered for reimbursement by the
Administrator.
ARTICLE VIII
BENEFITS AND RIGHTS
8.1 CLAIM FOR BENEFITS
(a) Insurance claims. Any claim for Benefits underwritten by Insurance Contract(s)
shall be made to the Insurer. If the Insurer denies any claim, the Participant or
beneficiary shall follow the Insurer's claims review procedure.
(b) Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account or Health Flexible
Spending Account Claims. Any claim for Dependent Care Flexible Spending
Account or Health Flexible Spending Account Benefits shall be made to the
Administrator. For the Health Flexible Spending Account, if a Participant fails to
submit a claim within 90 days after the end of the Plan Year, those claims shall
not be considered for reimbursement by the Administrator. For the Dependent
Care Flexible Spending Account, if a Participant fails to submit a claim within 90
days after the end of the Plan Year, those claims shall not be considered for
Qlli
284842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
reimbursement by the Administrator. If the Administrator denies a claim, the
Administrator may provide notice to the Participant or beneficiary, in writing,
within 90 days after the claim is filed unless special circumstances require an
extension of time for processing the claim. The notice of a denial of a claim shall
be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall set
forth:
(1) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial
is based;
(2) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the
claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation as to why such
information is necessary; and
(3) an explanation of the Plan's claim procedure.
(c) Appeal. Within 60 days after receipt of the above material, the claimant shall
have a reasonable opportunity to appeal the claim denial to the Administrator for
a full and fair review. The claimant or his duly authorized representative may:
(1) request a review upon written notice to the Administrator;
(2) review pertinent documents; and
(3) submit issues and comments in writing.
(d) Review of appeal. A decision on the review by the Administrator will be made
not later than 60 days after receipt of a request for review, unless special
circumstances require an extension of time for processing (such as the need to
hold a hearing), in which event a decision should be rendered as soon as possible,
but in no event later than 120 days after such receipt. The decision of the
Administrator shall be written and shall include specific reasons for the decision,
written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, with specific
references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.
(e) Forfeitures. Any balance remaining in the Participant's Dependent Care Flexible
Spending Account or Health Flexible Spending Account as of the end of the time
for claims reimbursement for each Plan Year and Grace Period (if applicable)
shall be forfeited and deposited in the benefit plan surplus of the Employer
pursuant to Section 6.3 or Section 7.8, whichever is applicable, unless the
Participant had made a claim for such Plan Year, in writing, which has been
denied or is pending; in which event the amount of the claim shall be held in his
account until the claim appeal procedures set forth above have been satisfied or
the claim is paid. If any such claim is denied on appeal, the amount held beyond
the end of the Plan Year shall be forfeited and credited to the benefit plan surplus.
►4]
294842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
8.2 APPLICATION OF BENEFIT PLAN SURPLUS
Any forfeited amounts credited to the benefit plan surplus by virtue of the failure of a
Participant to incur a qualified expense or seek reimbursement in a timely manner may, but need
not be, separately accounted for after the close of the Plan Year (or after such further time
specified herein for the filing of claims) in which such forfeitures arose. In no event shall such
amounts be carried over to reimburse a Participant for expenses incurred during a subsequent
Plan Year for the same or any other Benefit available under the Plan; nor shall amounts forfeited
by a particular Participant be made available to such Participant in any other form or manner,
except as permitted by Treasury regulations. Amounts in the benefit plan surplus shall be used
to defray any administrative costs and experience losses or used to provide additional benefits
under the Plan.
ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATION
9.1 PLAN ADMINISTRATION
The Employer shall be the Administrator, unless the Employer elects otherwise. The
Employer may appoint any person, including, but not limited to, the Employees of the
Employer, to perform the duties of the Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify
acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. Upon the resignation or removal of
any individual performing the duties of the Administrator, the Employer may designate a
successor.
If the Employer elects, the Employer shall appoint one or more Administrators. Any
person, including, but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, shall be eligible to serve
as an Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify acceptance by filing written
acceptance with the Employer. An Administrator may resign by delivering a written resignation
to the Employer or be removed by the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal, to
take effect at a date specified therein, or upon delivery to the Administrator if no date is
specified. The Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the Administrator from
time to time as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan to ensure that the
Plan is being operated for the exclusive benefit of the Employees entitled to participate in the
Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Code.
The operation of the Plan shall be under the supervision of the Administrator. It shall be
a principal duty of the Administrator to see that the Plan is carried out in accordance with its
terms, and for the exclusive benefit of Employees entitled to participate in the Plan. The
Administrator shall have full power and discretion to administer the Plan in all of its details and
determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and
application of the Plan. The Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply
any information, or reconciles any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be
deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan. The Administrator shall
have all powers necessary or appropriate to accomplish the Administrator's duties under the
30
304842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
Plan. The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general administration of the
Plan as set forth under the Plan, including, but not limited to, in addition to all other powers
provided by this Plan:
(a) To make and enforce such procedures, rules and regulations as the
Administrator deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration
of the Plan;
(b) To interpret the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator's
interpretations thereof in good faith to be final and conclusive on all
persons claiming benefits by operation of the Plan;
(c) To decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any
person to participate in the Plan and to receive benefits provided by
operation of the Plan;
(d) To reject elections or to limit contributions or Benefits for certain highly
compensated participants if it deems such to be desirable in order to avoid
discrimination under the Plan in violation of applicable provisions of the
Code;
(e) To provide Employees with a reasonable notification of their benefits
available by operation of the Plan and to assist any Participant regarding
the Participant's rights, benefits or elections under the Plan;
(f) To keep and maintain the Plan documents and all other records
pertaining to and necessary for the administration of the Plan;
(g) To review and settle all claims against the Plan, to approve reimbursement
requests, and to authorize the payment of benefits if the Administrator
determines such shall be paid if the Administrator decides in its discretion
that the applicant is entitled to them. This authority specifically permits
the Administrator to settle disputed claims for benefits and any other
disputed claims made against the Plan;
(h) To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants, and other
persons or entities as may be required to assist in administering the
Plan.
Any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation or construction taken by the
Administrator shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform principles
consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the Plan shall continue to comply
with the terms of Code Section 125 and the Treasury regulations thereunder.
31
314842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
9.2 EXAMINATION OF RECORDS
The Administrator shall make available to each Participant, Eligible Employee and any
other Employee of the Employer such records as pertain to their interest under the Plan for
examination at reasonable times during normal business hours.
9.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
Any reasonable administrative expenses shall be paid by the Employer unless the
Employer determines that administrative costs shall be borne by the Participants under the Plan
or by any Trust Fund which may be established hereunder. The Administrator may impose
reasonable conditions for payments, provided that such conditions shall not discriminate in
favor of highly compensated employees.
9.4 INSURANCE CONTROL CLAUSE
In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of an Insurance
Contract of an independent third party Insurer whose product is then being used in conjunction
with this Plan, the terms of the Insurance Contract shall control as to those Participants
receiving coverage under such Insurance Contract. For this purpose, the Insurance Contract
shall control in defining the persons eligible for insurance, the dates of their eligibility, the
conditions which must be satisfied to become insured, if any, the benefits Participants are
entitled to and the circumstances under which insurance terminates.
9.5 INDEMNIFICATION OF ADMINISTRATOR
The Employer agrees to indemnify and to defend to the fullest extent permitted by law
any Employee serving as the Administrator or as a member of a committee designated as
Administrator (including any Employee or former Employee who previously served as
Administrator or as a member of such committee) against all liabilities, damages, costs and
expenses (including attorney's fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by
the Employer) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act
or omission is in good faith.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN
10.1 AMENDMENT
The Employer, at any time or from time to time, may amend any or all of the provisions
of the Plan without the consent of any Employee or Participant. No amendment shall have the
effect of modifying any benefit election of any Participant in effect at the time of such
32
324842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
amendment, unless such amendment is made to comply with Federal, state or local laws,
statutes or regulations.
10.2 TERMINATION
The Employer reserves the right to terminate this Plan, in whole or in part, at any time.
In the event the Plan is terminated, no further contributions shall be made. Benefits under any
Insurance Contract shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Insurance Contract.
No further additions shall be made to the Health Flexible Spending Account or
Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account, but all payments from such fund shall continue to
be made according to the elections in effect until 90 days after the termination date of the Plan.
Any amounts remaining in any such fund or account as of the end of such period shall be
forfeited and deposited in the benefit plan surplus after the expiration of the filing period.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
11.1 PLAN INTERPRETATION
All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform,
nondiscriminatory manner. This Plan shall be read in its entirety and not severed except as
provided in Section 11.12.
In the event the terms or provisions of any summary or description of this Plan conflict,
the provisions of this Plan shall control unless otherwise provided by law.
11.2 GENDER AND NUMBER
Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they
shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender in all cases where they
would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or plural form, they
shall be construed as though they were also used in the other form in all cases where they would
so apply.
11.3 WRITTEN DOCUMENT
This Plan, in conjunction with any separate written document which may be required by
law, is intended to satisfy the written Plan requirement of Code Section 125 and any Treasury
regulations thereunder relating to cafeteria plans.
33
334842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4
11.4 EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT
This Plan shall be maintained for the exclusive benefit of the Employees who participate
in the Plan. The right of any Participant to receive any reimbursement under this Plan is not
transferrable or assignable and shall not be subject to claims by the Participant's creditors by
any process whatsoever.
11.5 PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS
This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute an employment contract between the
Employer and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment of
any Participant or Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any
Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere
with the right of the Employer to discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless
of the effect which such discharge shall have upon him as a Participant of this Plan.
11.6 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER
Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required to do or
perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a person duly authorized
by its legally constituted authority.
11.7 EMPLOYER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSES
(a) Insurance purchase. Upon the failure of either the Participant or the Employer to
obtain the insurance contemplated by this Plan (whether as a result of negligence,
gross neglect or otherwise), the Participant's Benefits shall be limited to the
insurance premium(s), if any, that remained unpaid for the period in question and
the actual insurance proceeds, if any, received by the Employer or the Participant
as a result of the Participant's claim.
(b) Validity of insurance contract. The Employer shall not be responsible for the
validity of any Insurance Contract issued hereunder or for the failure on the part
of the Insurer to make payments provided for under any Insurance Contract. Once
insurance is applied for or obtained, the Employer shall not be liable for any loss
which may result from the failure to pay Premiums to the extent Premium notices
are not received by the Employer.
11.8 NO GUARANTEE OF TAX CONSEQUENCES
Neither the Administrator nor the Employer makes any commitment or guarantee that
any amounts paid to or for the benefit of a Participant under the Plan will be excludable from
the Participant's gross income for federal or state income tax purposes, or that any other federal
or state tax treatment will apply to or be available to any Participant. It shall be the obligation of
34
344842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
2f
each Participant to determine whether each payment under the Plan is excludable from the
Participant's gross income for federal and state income tax purposes, and to notify the Employer
if the Participant has reason to believe that any such payment is not so excludable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights of Participants under this Plan shall be legally
enforceable.
11.9 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYER BY PARTICIPANTS
If any Participant receives one or more payments or reimbursements under the Plan that
are not for a permitted Benefit, such Participant shall indemnify and reimburse the Employer for
any liability it may incur for failure to withhold federal or state income tax or Social Security
tax from such payments or reimbursements. However, such indemnification and reimbursement
shall not exceed the amount of additional federal and state income tax (plus any penalties) that
the Participant would have owed if the payments or reimbursements had been made to the
Participant as regular cash compensation, plus the Participant's share of any Social Security tax
that would have been paid on such compensation, less any such additional income and Social
Security tax actually paid by the Participant.
11.10 FUNDING
Unless otherwise required by law, contributions to the Plan need not be placed in trust or
dedicated to a specific Benefit, but may instead be considered general assets of the Employer.
Furthermore, and unless otherwise required by law, nothing herein shall be construed to require
the Employer or the Administrator to maintain any fund or segregate any amount for the benefit
of any Participant, and no Participant or other person shall have any claim against, right to, or
security or other interest in, any fund, account or asset of the Employer from which any
payment under the Plan may be made.
1.11 GOVERNING LAW
This Plan is governed by the Code and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder (as
they might be amended from time to time). In no event shall the Employer guarantee the
favorable tax treatment sought by this Plan. To the extent not preempted by Federal law, the
provisions of this Plan shall be construed, enforced and administered according to the laws of
the State of California.
11.12 SEVERABILITY
If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed
and enforced as if such provision had not been included herein.
35
354842- 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
11.13 CAPTIONS
The captions contained herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for
reference, and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or intent of the Plan, nor in
any way shall affect the Plan or the construction of any provision thereof.
11.14 CONTINUATION OF COVERAGE (COBRA)
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event any benefit under this
Plan subject to the continuation coverage requirement of Code Section 4980B becomes
unavailable, each Participant will be entitled to continuation coverage as prescribed in Code
Section 498013, and related regulations. This Section shall only apply if the Employer employs
at least twenty (20) employees on more than 50% of its typical business days in the previous
calendar year.
11.15 FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT (FMLA)
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event any benefit under this
Plan becomes subject to the requirements of the Family and Medical Leave Act and regulations
thereunder, this Plan shall be operated in accordance with Regulation 1.125 -3.
11.16 HEALTH INSURANCE PORTABILITY AND ACCOUNTABILITY ACT
( HIPAA)
If applicable, this Plan shall be operated in accordance with HIPAA and regulations
thereunder.
11.17 UNIFORM SERVICES EMPLOYMENT AND REEMPLOYMENT RIGHTS ACT
(USERRA)
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and
service credit with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with the
Uniform Services Employment And Reemployment Rights Act (USERRA) and the regulations
thereunder.
11.18 COMPLIANCE WITH HIPAA PRIVACY STANDARDS
(a) Application. If any benefits under this Cafeteria Plan are subject to the
Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information (45
CFR Part 164, the "Privacy Standards "), then this Section shall apply.
(b) Disclosure of PHI. The Plan shall not disclose Protected Health
Information to any member of the Employer's workforce unless each of
36
364842- 9315- 7432.v2
7909079x1
4
the conditions set out in this Section are met. "Protected Health
Information" shall have the same definition as set forth in the Privacy
Standards but generally shall mean individually identifiable information
about the past, present or future physical or mental health or condition of
an individual, including information about treatment or payment for
treatment.
(c) PHI disclosed for administrative purposes. Protected Health
Information disclosed to members of the Employer's workforce shall be
used or disclosed by them only for purposes of Plan administrative
functions. The Plan's administrative functions shall include all Plan
payment functions and health care operations. The terms "payment" and
"health care operations" shall have the same definitions as set out in the
Privacy Standards, but the term "payment" generally shall mean activities
taken to determine or fulfill Plan responsibilities with respect to eligibility,
coverage, provision of benefits, or reimbursement for health care. Genetic
information will not be used or disclosed for underwriting purposes.
(d) PHI disclosed to certain workforce members. The Plan shall disclose
Protected Health Information only to members of the Employer's
workforce who are authorized to receive such Protected Health
Information, and only to the extent and in the minimum amount
necessary for that person to perform his or her duties with respect to the
Plan. "Members of the Employer's workforce" shall refer to all
employees and other persons under the control of the Employer. The
Employer shall keep an updated list of those authorized to receive
Protected Health Information.
(1) An authorized member of the Employer's workforce who receives
Protected Health Information shall use or disclose the Protected
Health Information only to the extent necessary to perform his or
her duties with respect to the Plan.
(2) In the event that any member of the Employer's workforce uses
or discloses Protected Health Information other than as permitted
by this Section and the Privacy Standards, the incident shall be
reported to the Plan's privacy officer. The privacy officer shall
take appropriate action, including:
(i) investigation of the incident to determine whether the
breach occurred inadvertently, through negligence or
deliberately; whether there is a pattern of breaches; and
the degree of harm caused by the breach;
(ii) appropriate sanctions against the persons causing the
breach which, depending upon the nature of the breach,
37
374842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
may include oral or written reprimand, additional
training, or termination of employment;
(iii) mitigation of any harm caused by the breach, to the
extent practicable; and
(iv) documentation of the incident and all actions taken to
resolve the issue and mitigate any damages.
(e) Certification. The Employer must provide certification to the Plan
that it agrees to:
(1) Not use or further disclose the information other than as permitted or
required by the Plan documents or as required by law;
(2) Ensure that any agent or subcontractor, to whom it provides Protected
Health Information received from the Plan, agrees to the same restrictions
and conditions that apply to the Employer with respect to such
information;
(3) Not use or disclose Protected Health Information for employment - related
actions and decisions or in connection with any other benefit or employee
benefit plan of the Employer;
(4) Report to the Plan any use or disclosure of the Protected Health
Information of which it becomes aware that is inconsistent with the uses or
disclosures permitted by this Section, or required by law;
(5) Make available Protected Health Information to individual Plan
members in accordance with Section 164.524 of the Privacy
Standards;
(6) Make available Protected Health Information for amendment by
individual Plan members and incorporate any amendments to
Protected Health Information in accordance with Section 164.526 of
the Privacy Standards;
(7) Make available the Protected Health Information required to
provide an accounting of disclosures to individual Plan members in
accordance with Section 164.528 of the Privacy Standards;
(8) Make its internal practices, books and records relating to the use and
disclosure of Protected Health Information received from the Plan
available to the Department of Health and Human Services for purposes of
determining compliance by the Plan with the Privacy Standards;
38
384842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
1
(9) If feasible, return or destroy all Protected Health Information received
from the Plan that the Employer still maintains in any form, and retain no
copies of such information when no longer needed for the purpose for
which disclosure was made, except that, if such return or destruction is not
feasible, limit further uses and disclosures to those purposes that make the
return or destruction of the information infeasible; and
(10) Ensure the adequate separation between the Plan and members of the
Employer's workforce, as required by Section 164.504(f)(2)(iii) of the
Privacy Standards and set out in (d) above.
11.19 COMPLIANCE WITH HIPAA ELECTRONIC SECURITY STANDARDS
Under the Security Standards for the Protection of Electronic Protected Health
Information (45 CFR Part 164.300 et. seq., the "Security Standards "):
(a) Implementation. The Employer agrees to implement reasonable and
appropriate administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect
the confidentiality, integrity and availability of Electronic Protected
Health Information that the Employer creates, maintains or transmits on
behalf of the Plan. "Electronic Protected Health Information" shall have
the same definition as set out in the Security Standards, but generally
shall mean Protected Health Information that is transmitted by or
maintained in electronic media.
(b) Agents or subcontractors shall meet security standards. The
Employer shall ensure that any agent or subcontractor to whom it
provides Electronic Protected Health Information shall agree, in writing,
to implement reasonable and appropriate security measures to protect
the Electronic Protected Health Information.
(c) Employer shall ensure security standards. The Employer shall ensure
that reasonable and appropriate security measures are implemented to
comply with the conditions and requirements set forth in Section 11.18.
11.20 MENTAL HEALTH PARITY AND ADDICTION EQUITY ACT
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan will comply with the
Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act.
11.21 GENETIC INFORMATION NONDISCRIMINATION ACT (GINA)
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan will comply with the
Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act.
39
394842 - 9315- 7432.v2
79090790
4
11.22 WOMEN'S HEALTH AND CANCER RIGHTS ACT
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan will comply with the
Women's Health and Cancer Rights Act of 1998.
11.23 NEWBORNS' AND MOTHERS' HEALTH PROTECTION ACT
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan will comply with the
Newborns' and Mothers' Health Protection Act.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan document is hereby executed this
day of.
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
al
no]
404842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079v1
4
ADOPTING RESOLUTION
The undersigned Principal of City of El Segundo (the Employer) hereby certifies
that the following resolutions were duly adopted by the Employer on,
and that such resolutions have not been modified or rescinded as of the date hereof:
RESOLVED, that the City of El Segundo Flexible Benefits Plan, a form of
amended Cafeteria Plan, including a Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account and
Health Flexible Spending Account, including any recommended revisions by legal counsel,
to become effective October 1, 2016, (Plan) is hereby approved and adopted;
RESOLVED, that the City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to
take action necessary to implement the Plan, including designating an Administrator for the
Plan, or one or more counterparts of the Plan.
RESOLVED, that the Administrator shall be instructed to take such actions
that are deemed necessary and proper in order to implement the Plan, and to set up adequate
accounting and administrative procedures to provide benefits under the Plan.
The undersigned further certifies that attached hereto as Exhibit A is a copy of
the City of El Segundo Flexible Benefits Plan as amended and restated effective October 1,
2016, approved and adopted in the foregoing resolutions.
Principal
Date
41
414842 - 9315- 7432.v2
7909079x1
4
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: April 19, 2016
AGENDA STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
Consideration and possible action regarding Adoption of 1) a Resolution amending Chapter lA2
of the Administrative Code providing benefit changes to employees of the Executive and
Management- Confidential series; 2) Resolutions updating the employer's contribution under the
Public Employees' Medical and Hospital Care Act for the El Segundo Executive Management
Group, Management/Confidential Group, Supervisory and Professional Employees' Association
(SPEA), and Police Managers' Association (PMA) and 3) a Resolution for Employer Paid
Member Contributions (EPMC) for Management - Confidential. (Fiscal Impact: FY 15 -16:
$70,600; FY 16 -17: $372,400)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
1) Adopt the attached resolutions
2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1) Resolution Amending Chapter 1A2 of the Administrative Code
2) Resolution for Employer Paid Member Contribution for Management -
Confidential
3) Resolution Updating the Employer's contribution under the Public Employees'
Medical and Hospital Care Act.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Amount Budgeted:
Additional Appropriation:
Account Number(s): N/A
ORIGINATED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager
REVIEWED BY:
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
At its meeting on December 15, 2015, Council approved salary and benefit changes to several
employee groups resulting from a settlement agreement between the City and the California
Public Employees' Retirement System ( "Ca1PERS ") in order to resolve the Additional Pay issue.
The changes approved by Council, and memorialized in Side Letters with the bargaining units,
included establishing the medical contribution at the PEMHCA minimum, which is $125 /month
for calendar year 2016.
The City files with CaIPERS Resolutions reflecting changes in the City's contribution for
employees and annuitants under the Public Employees' Medical and Hospital Care Act
( PEMHCA). Attached, for Council approval, are Resolutions establishing the PEMHCA
25
minimum contribution for bargaining units SPEA and PMA, in accordance with the agreed -upon
Side Letters.
Climes to Executive and Management- Confidential Benefits
In 2014, Council contracted with Cooperative Personnel Services (CPS) to conduct a total
compensation survey of employee groups including Executive and Management- Confidential
classes. The final report issued on January 14, 2015, showed that Executive and Management -
Confidential miscellaneous classifications were below market while safety classifications were
above market. As a result, Council has made changes to the salary and benefit structure of these
classifications in an attempt to bring them closer to the market. Changes have included the
following:
• Elimination of 5% Deferred Compensation Match for Executives and 4% Deferred
Compensation Match for Management - Confidential.
• Base salary increases of 8% for Executive and Management - Confidential miscellaneous
classes and 4% for Battalion Chiefs. No increases were given to the Police or Fire Chief.
• PERS Retirement Share — Battalion Chiefs increased their PERS Member Share by 5% in
order to pay their full 9% Member Share. Management - Confidential employees
increased their share from 3% to 5% (City pays remaining 2% as EPMC).
• Fire Chief base salary range was adjusted downward to create a more appropriate
differential between this salary range and the City Manager's salary.
• Additional Pay Resolution approved by Council on December 15, 2015, resulted in a
monthly medical contribution for the unrepresented employees of $125, which represents
the PEMHCA minimum for calendar year 2016.
Staff asked CPS to update the compensation data for the Executive classifications earlier this
year. The prcliniinary report shows that while some ground has been made, the City's total
compensation for Executive miscellaneous classes is 14.45% below the labor market median and
14.96% below the labor market mean.' The data shows Executive safety classes are 3.84%
above the labor market median and 3.92% above the labor market mean. While we did not
obtain total compensation data for the Management - Confidential classes, previous data indicated
on average, the miscellaneous benchmark classes were 9.8% below the labor market median and
13.1% below the labor market mean.
In order to continue the City's goal of moving these classifications closer to the market, staff
recommends the following changes be made to the medical benefit:
Executives — increase the current PEMHCA minimum of $125 /month to $782 /month, to become
effective June 1, 2016. This amount will be the monthly medical contribution reported to PERS
( PEMHCA contribution) and represents a significant decrease from the previously reported
amount of $1200 /month, which should help the City reduce its future OPEB liability and contain
costs associated with this benefit.
' January 14, 2015 CPS report showed Executive miscellaneous were 19.5% below median and 19.6% below mean.
Data excludes the City and County of Los Angeles.
10
Additionally, staff recommends that effective October 1, 2016, for Executive miscellaneous
classes only, an additional amount of $493.33 be placed in a "flex dollar" Plan to be used by
employees to pay for medical expenses or for other permitted uses such as for their 457 Deferred
Compensation account. Creating this separate "flex dollar" plan does not contribute to the City's
OPEB liability but does provide employees with additional dollars to pay for their medical
benefit. If approved, staff can begin working with our benefits broker to put this Plan in place by
the designated date.
This arrangement is also a step toward creating a second tier with respect to the retiree medical
benefit. To further elaborate, Council had previously approved, as part of the Additional Pay
resolution, to allow current incumbents in these positions to be eligible for the previous $1200
retiree medical cap through a combination of the PEMHCA contribution and a retiree health
reimbursement account (HRA). In an effort to incentivize the workforce to take on higher level
positions within the organization, staff recommends that this same retiree medical benefit
(PEMHCA + HRA) be offered upon retirement to employees who are employed by the City
prior to June 1, 2016 and subsequently promote into a position in these affected groups. The
second retiree medical tier will apply to new employees hired on or after June 1, 2016, as they
will only be eligible to receive, upon retirement, the PEMHCA contribution in place without the
HRA.
Management - Confidential — Similar to the adjustment for Executives, staff recommends
increasing the PEMHCA contribution from $125 /month to $585 /month, also effective June 1,
2016. Additionally, effective October 1, 2016, staff recommends providing an additional
amount of $345.30 as "flex dollars" to Management/Confidential miscellaneous employees
under the same "flex dollar" concept previously described.
EPMC - Management - Confidential miscellaneous employees have yet to pay their full 7% PERS
Member Share. Staff recommends increasing their share from the current 5% to 7 %, thereby
reducing the City's EPMC to 0 %. Changes to EPMC can only occur at the start of a pay period
so it is recommended that this become effective the pay period beginning on June 11, 2016.
Attached to this Staff Report is the required Resolution for Council approval.
Summary - The above benefit adjustments intend to address the total compensation for the
unrepresented miscellaneous classes, relative to their position in the market. In this instance, the
focus is on the medical benefit. Staff has come up with recommendations that provide 1) a
competitive medical benefit to enhance our recruitment efforts 2) an incentive for upward
mobility by extending a retiree medical benefit to current employees, and 3) a second retiree
medical tier to reduce the City's future OPEB liability. We believe staff s recommendations
achieve the goal of bringing total compensation closer to the market and balances our desire to
remain competitive while controlling employee benefit costs.
27
2
RESOLUTION NO.4975
A RESOLUTION PROVIDING FOR SALARY AND BENEFIT CHANGES TO
CHAPTER 1A2 (MANAGEMENT- CONFIDENTIAL SERIES) OF THE EL SEGUNDO
ADMINISTRATIVE CODE.
The City Council of the City of El Segundo does resolve as follows:
Section 1: Section 1A2.106, of the El Segundo Administrative Code re- entitled "Insurance
Benefits — Employee Dental /Optical /Long Term Disability (Non -Job Related) /Monthly Medical
Contribution" is amended as follows:
(D) Monthly Medical Contribution: Effective June 1, 2016, the City will pay on behalf of
each active employee the monthly PEMHCA medical contribution amount of $782 for Executives
and $585 for Management - Confidential employees.
Effective June 1, 2016, employees may opt out of insurance and receive $250 /month in
cash. The employee must provide verification of alternative coverage in order to opt out and is
responsible for the tax consequences of the cash payment. The cash benefit is not subject to
PERS retirement credit.
Effective October 1, 2016, active miscellaneous employees regulated by this Chapter shall
receive a monthly flex dollar allowance, in addition to the PEMHCA contribution, to be used for
payment of medical premiums or for other permitted uses under the Plan. The flex dollars shall
be in the following amounts (exclusive of the PEMHCA contribution):
Executives: $493.33 /month
Management- Confidential: $345.30 /month
Section 2: Section 1A2.108 of the El Segundo Administrative Code, entitled "Insurance
Benefits — Retiree Medical — City Contribution" is amended as follows:
City employees hired before June 1, 2016 who are subsequently appointed to a position
regulated by this Chapter, shall be eligible for a monthly retiree health contribution of up to
$1200. The monthly retiree health contribution will consist of the PEMHCA contribution amount
filed by the City with Ca1PERS supplemented by a City contribution to a healthcare
reimbursement account. The amount of the healthcare reimbursement supplement shall be no
more than the amount necessary to cover the health insurance premium cost for the employee and
eligible dependent(s) for the selected CaIPERS health plan, but in no event shall the total amount
of the monthly contribution ( PEMHCA contribution + healthcare reimbursement account) exceed
$1200 per month.
Employees who are hired by the City on or after June 1, 2016 and appointed to a position
regulated by this Chapter, shall only be eligible for a retiree medical benefit up to the PEMHCA
contribution amount filed by the City with Ca1PERS.
2
Section 3: Section 1A2.153, of the El Segundo Administrative Code entitled "PERS Member
Contribution" is amended as follows:
Miscellaneous Executives shall pay seven percent (7 %) of the PERS Member
Contribution effective October 8, 2011. Safety Executives shall pay nine percent (9 %) of the
PERS Members Contribution effective January 9, 2016. Effective June 11, 2016, Management -
Confidential employees shall pay seven percent (7 %) of the PERS Member Contribution and
effective January 9, 2016, Fire Management employees (Battalion Chiefs) shall pay nine percent
(9 %) of the PERS Member Contribution.
Section 4: The City Clerk is directed to certify the adoption of this Resolution; record this
Resolution in the book of the City's original resolutions, and make a minute of this adoption of the
Resolution in the City Council's records and the minutes of this meeting.
Section 5: This Resolution will become effective immediately upon adoption and
PASSED AND ADOPTED this 19th day of April, 2016.
ATTEST:
Tracy WeavU, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
By: F%J L)—�
Mark b Hensley, C` y ttorney
Suva« he Fuentes, Mayor
- 2 -
2
CERTIFICATION
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole
number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Resolution No.
4975 was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and
attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the 19th day of April
2016, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote:
AYES: Mayor Fuentes, Mayor Pro Tem Jacobson, Council Member Atkinson, Council
Member Fellhauer, Council Member Dugan
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAIN:
NOT PARTICIPATING:
WITNESS MY HAND THE OFFICIAL SEAL OF SAID CITY this 6th day of June, 2016.
V / �)a"V _
Tracy Wea r, City Clerk
of the City of El Segundo,
California
(SEAL)
- 3 -
2
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: September 20, 2016
AGENDA STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
Consideration and possible action to authorize the City Manager to extend the existing
contract with William Avery & Associates, Inc. to conduct a Police Chief recruitment
and future executive searches as needed. (Fiscal Impact: $24,400)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
1. Authorize the City Manager to extend the existing contract with William Avery &
Associates, an executive search firm, for purposes of recruiting for the position of
Police Chief and to conduct future executive searches for the City as needed.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other actions related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
William Avery & Associates Proposal for Police Chief Recruitment
FISCAL IMPACT: $24,400
Amount Budgeted: $24,400
Additional Appropriation: N/A
Account Number(s):
ORIGINATED BY: Martha A. Di_jks'6 a. 1-iuman Resources Director
REVIEWED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager
t
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager,
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
At its meeting on July 21, 2015, the City Council authorized the City Manager to enter into an
agreement with the executive search firm of William Avery & Associates for purposes of
recruiting for the positions of Fire Chief and Director of Finance. Staff was pleased with Mr.
Avery's results and amended the agreement earlier this year to engage his services to recruit for
the position of Director of Human Resources, currently in progress.
Police Chief Mitch Tavera has announced his retirement effective December 31, 2016. As a
result, staff would like to retain the services of Mr. Avery, once again, to conduct this
recruitment. Staff is bringing this item to Council for approval because monies carried forward
from FY 14 -15 to FY 15 -16 coupled with the costs associated with the current Director of
Human Resources and upcoming Police Chief recruitments exceed the City Manager's spending
authority. Additionally, staff would like the ability to utilize Mr. Avery's services for future
executive recruitments should the need arise.
The costs associated with the Police Chief recruitment will not exceed $24,400 ($17,900 + a cap
of $6500 of reimbursable expenses). The cost can be absorbed within the existing funds in the
City Manager's and Human Resources Department's budget, therefore no additional
appropriation is requested.
AVERY
Los Gatos
Exhibit A
(Recruitment for Police Chief)
Recruitment Team for the City of El Segundo
Bill Avery will serve as the Project Lead in this assignment and will be supported by the
administrative team of Avery Associates. Mr. Avery will be personally involved in client meetings,
development of the ideal candidate profile and search strategy, candidate outreach, interview and
assessment of candidates, presentation of candidates, attendance at final interviews, final
referencing and will be available throughout the search process to provide other related consulting
services. Mr. Avery will have involvement in all aspects of this recruitment with the exception of
clerical and administrative tasks.
Recruitment Plan
L Position Profile and Organizational Assessment
The initial assessment phase is a critical component of the search process. Mr. Avery will
meet with the key decision makers to discuss the organizational needs and position
requirements. For Police Chief recruitments we also find it valuable to meet with the POA
and command staff personnel to identify key attributes for the new Chief.
Our goal for this aspect of the recruitment process is to:
• Understand the City's priorities for these positions.
• Develop a clear understanding and consensus on the expertise, experience,
education, performance attributes and operational style of the ideal candidate to
help ensure a successful match.
• Discuss the goals, objectives, deliverables, and challenges related to these
positions.
• Gain insight of the various organizational dynamics and departmental issues that
exist within the organization.
• Identify the compelling aspects to these opportunities.
William Avery & Associates, Inc.
Labor Relations /Executive Search
3% N. Santa Cruz Ave., Suite A
Los Gatos, CA 95030
408.399.4424
Fax: 408.399.4423
www.averyassoc. net
ki
The formal position description and ideal candidate profile would be developed from the
above discussions and incorporated into the formal position announcement. The candidate
profile is also utilized in various other means as a marketing tool, for advertising copy,
postings, and for other announcements.
II. Search Strategy and Outreach Efforts
The search strategy is developed in conjunction with the organizational assessment. We feel
it is critical to develop a high level of visibility with a comprehensive outreach program
supplemented by a focused targeted recruitment approach. We would incorporate the
following elements into these searches:
• Original research, which consists of identification and contact of current incumbents or
other candidates who meet the profile, but are not actively seeking other employment.
• Development of a targeted candidate list based on our extensive database, contacts,
referrals and recommendations from key sources and other current and former Police
Command personnel who have extensive contacts and networks in these areas.
• Active referral solicitation from various police safety industry sources and other contacts
developed from our many years of public sector consulting.
• An extensive, personalized mailing campaign to individuals identified through the means
identified above and /or those affiliated with police management throughout the state and
country.
• Marketing and listing the position with various agencies, counties and cities within the
state, region and country. This would include print advertising and web posting on
police safety related websites.
• Distribution of the comprehensive position announcement to various city, county, and
state departments and agencies throughout the state and country.
III. Candidate Assessment
Our assessment process involves several "tiers" of evaluation. Candidates responding to
these positions will be initially evaluated based on their resume and if appropriate, a phone
"screening" by a firm Consultant. Candidates who pass the initial "qualifying" criteria are
then scheduled for a formal face -to -face interview with the primary consultant in charge of
the project. These extended personal interviews typically take one hour and a thorough
discussion of their experience, accomplishments, management philosophy and interpersonal
style takes place.
ki
In interviewing candidates, we utilize a methodology based on "behavioral" interview
techniques. Fundamentally, this approach explores a candidate's past accomplishments and
experiences. The philosophy here is that the best indicator of future performance is
assessing past behavior. This methodology allows the firm to "project" how a candidate
would approach and address challenges in the new position and help ensure a positive match
with the organization.
Those individuals who best fit the position requirements will have a Candidate Assessment
Report developed by the project lead that conducted the interview. Additionally, two
preliminary, initial reference interviews are performed on these candidates. The reference
interviews provide our clients with additional insights on the candidate's "behavior" and
style.
IV. Candidate Presentation
Upon completion of formal interviews and preliminary reference interviews, a
recommendation of finalist candidates for your consideration is made. We feel our
extensive screening, interview, and initial reference process combined with the candidate
insights provided by our detailed Candidate Assessment Report gives our clients an in -depth
and detailed background on each recommended finalist. Our clients frequently comment on
the value this background provides.
The final candidates are presented in our candidate presentation "book." Each
recommended finalist will have a candidate profile consisting of a candidate summary sheet,
a cover letter, resume, the Candidate Assessment Report (based on the formal interview),
and two initial candidate reference interviews. Others who have interviewed or given
secondary consideration will also be included in the book.
V. Selection Process
Once the final candidate interview group is identified, we will assist in the structuring of the
interview process and coordinate the interview scheduling activity. Our firm will also
provide candidates with guidance related to travel planning, hotel accommodations, as well
as other interview planning issues.
VI. Position Closure
The selected candidate will require a full POST background to be appointed as Police Chief.
The cost for this comprehensive background is not included in this proposal. We can assist
in identifying an approved investigator to support the City.
Based on the firm's experience in human resource management and executive search, we are
able to assist our clients in the formulation of appropriate compensation and other employment
arrangements. We will be available throughout our retention to assist in this process.
2
Timeline
Our experience reflects the approximate timeline from initial client meeting to offer acceptance will
take a minimum of four months. The key activities and timeframes are as follows:
Initial client meeting to identify and develop specifications
week 1
Develop job announcement & secure related materials from client
week 3
Advertising developed and website postings
week 4
Print and distribute job announcement
week 5
Outreach period
week 6 -12
Assessment /evaluation /referencing of candidates
week 11 -14
Candidates presented and discussed with clients
week 15
Final interviews
week 16 -17
Offer extended
week >17
*This timeline represents a standard recruitment process.
Consulting
Based on the services described in our proposal, the professional services consulting fee for this
recruitment will be $17,900. If awarded the search, we would request an initial retainer of $6,900 at
the outset of the search. A second invoice of $5,500 would be submitted upon the Clients
acceptance of a finalist candidate group. The final balance of $5,500 would be invoiced upon
acceptance of a job offer constituting completion of the search. Our invoicing models ensures the
firm will remain totally committed to the City throughout the duration of the search as the final
invoice is not submitted until the City has an accepted candidate. The consulting fee will be inclusive
of all services defined within this proposal unless otherwise stated.
In addition to the Professional Services Fee, normal and direct out -of- pocket expenses associated with
the search are charged back to the client. Expenses for this assignment would be a not -to- exceed amount
of $6,500 without the express consent of the City. These expenses include: advertising, clerical time,
supplies, printing, telephone, postage and consultant travel for client discussions, meetings and local or
out -of -area candidate interviews. All expense items will be detailed and billed on a monthly basis. This
expense budget is not inclusive of the cost for a POST background on the selected candidate.
to ;.• • ` ».t�a'
ti
Guarantees and Ethics
Whenever William Avery & Associates, Inc. is retained; we make several guarantees and
commitments to a client. Due to our experience, knowledge and success within the management -
consulting field, we assure a client that we will only present candidates who meet a substantial
majority of the ideal qualifications that you have outlined. We are also committed to continue our
search efforts until a successful candidate is employed.
It is also our practice to replace a candidate who may voluntarily resign during the first year of
his /her employment. This same commitment applies if the client finds it necessary to terminate or
to request the resignation of the selected individual in the first year for any reason. In either case,
we invoice a client only for out -of- pocket expenses incurred in identifying a replacement.
2
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA STATEMENT
F.T" D1►117.113 *1411111_y 911)►V
MEETING DATE: September 20, 2016
AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda
Consideration and possible action to authorize the City Manager to a) transfer $27,929 in
funds budgeted for Fiscal Year FY 2015/16 for employee salaries and benefits to
professional /technical service charges; and b) increase contract amount with Hayer
Consultants, Inc., in a total amount not to exceed $112,929 (Fiscal Impact: $ 0)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
1. Authorize the City Manager to transfer $27,929 in funds budgeted in Fiscal Year FY
2015/16 for the "employee salaries and benefits" budget category to the
"professional /technical service charges" budget category;
2. Authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to the agreement with Hayer
Consultants, Inc., in a form approved by the City Attorney to increase the respective
contract amounts to a total amount not to exceed $112,929;
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: None
FISCAL IMPACT: None
Amount Budgeted: N/A
Additional Appropriation: N/A
Account Number(s): Planning and Building Safety — Building Safety #001 - 400 - 2403 -6214
ORIGINATED BY: Lukas Quach, Building Safety Manager
REVIEWED BY: Sam Lee, Planning and Building Safety Director 01"I
Joseph Lillio, Finance Director
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
The approved budget for the Building Safety Department for Fiscal Year 2015/16 includes a total
of $1,045,100 for the Building Safety Division. Due to vacancy in Building Safety Divisions, staff
has identified cost savings in employee salaries and benefits over the next month of approximately
$27,929.
91
2
Currently, the City utilizes consultants to perform certain services for the Planning and Building
Safety Department:
Hayer Consultaws, Inc.: Hayer provides code enforcement, plan check and inspection
consulting services for the Building Safety Division. These services are utilized when
workload exceeds the level that would preclude City staff from meeting customer service
expectations.
The contract with the above consultant is proposed to increase (see table below), in order to
continue to temporarily fill vacancies with consultants to handle an increasing plan check,
inspection and counter service activity for ongoing major projects.
Consultants
Current
Reallocation
Total Proposed
Services
contract
to contract
Contract
amount
amount
Amount
9/20/16
(9/20/16
Haver Consultants, Inc.
$85,000
$T7,929
$112,929
Permitspecialist
RECOMMENDATION
Accordingly, staff recommends that the City Council authorize the transfer of funds from the
"employee salaries and benefits" budget category to "professional /technical service charges"
budget category, in order to continue to temporarily retain the services of additional
professional /technical consultants in the Planning and Building Safety Department, until the
vacant positions can be filled. This reallocation of funds will reduce the funds budgeted for
employee salaries and benefits from $1,045,100 to $715,371 (with the reallocation in June to
$743,300) for the Building Division for Fiscal Year 2015/16, while increasing the funds budgeted
for professional /technical services charges for each Division by the corresponding amounts.
Additionally, staff recommends that the City Council authorize the City Manager to amend the
existing agreement with Hayer Consultants, Inc. to increase the total contract to $112,929.
If approved by the City Council, staff will prepare amendments with the above - referenced
consultants, in a form approved by the City Attorney.
PAPlanning & Building Safety \0 Administrative \Budget \Budget 2015 -16 \Sept 2016 transfer funds staff report 09202016 FINAL2
1�
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: September 20, 2016
AGENDA STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
Consideration and possible action regarding a thirty (30) day provisional appointment
extension for the position of Information Systems Manager (Fiscal Impact: $).
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
(1) Approve the thirty (30) day provisional appointment extension for the position of IS
Manager;
(2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1) El Segundo Municipal Code Section 1- 6 -13(c)
FISCAL IMPACT: Included in Adopted Budget
Amount Budgeted: None
Additional Appropriation: N/A
Account Number(s):
ORIGINATED BY: Brian Evanski, Captain
REVIEWED BY: Mitch Tavera, Chief of Polic k
APPROVED BY: Greg Carpenter, City Manager
BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION:
The Police Department is requesting another thirty (30) day extension for the interim position of
Information Systems Manager in accordance with El Segundo Municipal Code Section 1 -6-
13(c). Scott Kim has been Acting Information Systems Manager since November 14, 2015, due
to the resignation of Larry Klingaman, who held the full time manager position.
Since Mr. Kim was appointed to the Acting IS Manager position, he has been managing various
projects including the ongoing fiber plan and the Laserfiche install in addition to coordinating
multiple service contracts. Staff is currently researching the various options available to fill this
vacancy on a full -time permanent basis. Until such time, we are requesting extending Mr. Kim's
Interim assignment in order to maintain continuity of services.
In accordance with El Segundo Municipal Code Section 1- 6- 13(c), no person shall be employed
by the City under provisional appointment for more than six (6) months in any fiscal year. The
Code further states the provisional appointment may be extended for not more than thirty (30)
days with Council approval. Staff is requesting a thirty (30) day extension through October 21,
2016. It is the Police Department's intent to request additional thirty (30) day extensions through
the remainder of the fiscal year to comply with ESCC Section 1- 6- 13(c).
10
2
El Segundo, California
City Code
1 -6 -13: APPOINTMENT IN CLASSIFIED SERVICE:
C. Provisional Appointment: In the absence of appropriate employment lists, a
provisional appointment may be made of a person meeting the qualifications
established for the classification. Any employment list shall be established within six
(6) months, for any permanent position filled by provisional appointment. No person
shall be employed by the City under provisional appointment for a total of more than
six (6) months in any fiscal year except that the City Manager may, with approval of
the City Council, extend the period of any provisional appointment for not more than
thirty (30) days by any one action.
2
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT
AGENDA DESCRIPTION:
MEETING DATE: September 20, 2016
AGENDA HEADING: Mayor Pro Tem Boyles
Councilmember Don Brann
Consideration and possible action to request staff to investigate and provide possible solutions to
alleviate maintenance and loitering concerns at Clutter's Bluff Park located on Imperial Avenue.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:
1. Request staff to investigate and provide possible solutions to alleviate maintenance and loitering
concerns at Clutter's Bluff Park located on Imperial Avenue;
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: None
FISCAL IMPACT: None
Amount Budgeted: $0
Additional Appropriation: N/A
Account Number(s): N/A
PREPARED BY: Meredith Petit, Recreation & Parks Director
REVIEWED BY: Meredith Petit, Recreatio» & Pa s Director
APPROVED BY: Greg. Carpenter, City Manager V
BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION:
The City has received an increasing amount of complaints indicating concerns with visitors in the area
of Clutter's Bluff Park. Concerns include an abundance of trash including alcohol containers, the
prevalence of rodents, graffiti incidents, and late -night loitering.
The City is responsible for maintaining the park and enforcing park rules and other laws. The
Recreation and Parks Department and the Police Department should work together towards a solution
that will help alleviate these concerns and ensure a clean and safe public space. I recommend that the
two departments review the issues and recommend any necessary changes to the City Council at a later
date.
1 1